Professional Documents
Culture Documents
I.VOCABULARY
1. afford /əˈfɔːd/(v): có khả năng chi trả
2. attitude /ˈætɪtjuːd/(n): thái độ
3. bless /bles/ (v): cầu nguyện
4. brand name /ˈbrænd neɪm/(n.phr): hàng hiệu
5. browse /braʊz/ (v): tìm kiếm thông tin trên mạng
6. burden /ˈbɜːdn/(n): gánh nặng
7. casual /ˈkæʒuəl/(a): thường, bình thường, thông thường
8. change one’s mind /tʃeɪndʒ – maɪnd/(idm): thay đổi quan điểm
9. childcare /ˈtʃaɪldkeə(r)/(n): việc chăm sóc con cái
10. comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/(a): thoải mái, dễ chịu
11. compassion /kəmˈpæʃn/(n): lòng thương, lòng trắc ẩn
12. conflict /ˈkɒnflɪkt/(n): xung đột
13. conservative /kənˈsɜːvətɪv/ (a): bảo thủ
14. control /kənˈtrəʊl/(v): kiểm soát
15. curfew /ˈkɜːfjuː/(n): hạn thời gian về nhà, lệnh giới nghiêm
16. current /ˈkʌrənt/ (a): ngày nay, hiện nay
17. disapproval /ˌdɪsəˈpruːvl/ (n): sự không tán thành, phản đối
18. dye /daɪ/ (v): nhuộm
19. elegant /ˈelɪɡənt/(a): thanh lịch, tao nhã
20. experienced /ɪkˈspɪəriənst/(a): có kinh nghiệm
21. extended family /ɪkˌstendɪd ˈfæməli/(n.p): gia đình đa thế hệ
22. extracurricular /ˌekstrə kəˈrɪkjələ(r)/(a): ngoại khóa, thuộc về ngoại khóa
23. fashionable /ˈfæʃnəbl/(a): thời trang, hợp mốt
24. financial /faɪˈnænʃl/ (a): thuộc về tài chính
25. flashy /ˈflæʃi/(a): diện, hào nhoáng
26. follow in one’s footstep: theo bước, nối bước
27. forbid /fəˈbɪd/(v): cấm, ngăn cấm
28. force /fɔːs/(v): bắt buộc, buộc phải
29. frustrating /frʌˈstreɪtɪŋ/(a): gây khó chịu, bực mình
30. generation gap /dəˌdʒenəˈreɪʃn ɡæp/(n.p): khoảng cách giữa các thế hệ
31. hairstyle /ˈheəstaɪl/ (n): kiểu tóc
32. impose /ɪmˈpəʊz/(v) on somebody: áp đặt lên ai đó
33. interact /ˌɪntərˈækt/(v): tương tác, giao tiếp
34. judge /dʒʌdʒ/(v): phán xét, đánh giá
35. junk food /ˈdʒʌŋk fuːd/(n.p): đồ ăn vặt
English 11
2
English 11
4
Trong thì quá khứ đơn, chúng ta thường dùng "had to" hơn là "had got to"
- Must có thể được dùng để nói về hiện tại và tương lai, nhưng không được dùng ở quá khứ. Thay vào đó,
ta phải dùng had to (have to dùng được ở tất cả các thì)
E.g: I must go to school now.
I must go to school tomorrow. /I will have to go to school tomorrow.
I had to go to school yesterday.
Nếu không chắc chắn nên dùng từ nào thì thông thường để "an toàn" hơn ta nên dùng have
- Must còn dùng để đưa ra sự suy luận dựa vào lập luận logic
E.g: She must be upstairs. We've looked everywhere else. (Cô ta chắc là ở trên tầng. Chúng tôi đã tìm mọi
nơi khác.)
- Must + be/ feel + adj: để bày tỏ sự thấu hiểu cảm giác của ai đó
E.g: You must be tired after that trip. (Bạn chắc hẳn rất mệt sau chuyến đi đó.)
Mustn't và Don't have to
Must not (mustn't) khác hoàn toàn với don't/ doesn't have to
+ Mustn't: không được làm gì đó (chỉ sự cấm đoán)
E.g: You mustn't tell the truth. (Bạn không được phép nói ra sự thật)
+ Don't have to = Don't need to: không cần làm gì, không phải làm gì (nhưng bạn có thể làm nếu bạn muốn)
E.g: You don't have to get up early. (Bạn không cần thức dậy sớm đâu.)
- Must + have + PP: chắc hẳn đã, hẳn là
Diễn tả sự suy đoán hay kết luận logic dựa vào thực tế ở quá khứ (to draw a conclusion about something
happened in the past)
E.g: Mary passed the exam with flying colors. She must have studied hard. (Mary đã thi đậu với kết quả
cao. Cô ấy chắc hẳn đã học chăm chỉ.)
Must + have been + Ving: chắc hẳn lúc ấy đang
E.g: I didn't hear the doorbell. I must have been gardening behind the house. (Tôi đã không nghe thấy
chuông cửa. Chắc hẳn lúc ấy tôi đang làm vườn phía sau nhà.)
■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Choose the best option in the bracket to complete the sentences.
1. Yesterday I (must/ mustn't/ had to) finish my English project.
2. He will (must/ have to/ has to) wait in line like everyone else.
3. We (must be/ mustn't / have to) on time for work.
4. We (have to not/ must/ mustn't) forget to take the chicken out of the freezer.
5. If you are under 15, you (have/ must/ mustn't) to get your parents' permission.
6. Your child may (have to/ had to/ must) try on a few different sizes.
7. The doctor (must/ mustn't/ have to) get here as soon as he can.
8. Do you (have to/ must/ mustn't) work next weekend?
9. Bicyclists (mustn't/ must/ has to) remember to signal when they turn.
10. Susan, you (mustn't/ must/ have to) leave your clothes all over the floor like this.
Bài 2: Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) to complete the following sentences.
1. You__________use your mobile phone in the exam.
A. oughtn't to B. mustn't C. don't have to D. shouldn't
2. My grandparents live in the suburb. Therefore, whenever we visit them, we__________a bus.
A. must take B. should take C. have to be taken D. have to take
English 11
5
Bài 3: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of
the following questions.
1. (A) I will leave here early (B) because (C) I must (D) studying for my exam.
2. I (A) stayed up (B) late last night because I (C) mustn't go to school (D) on Sunday.
English 11
6
3. We (A) ought to not play football (B) as (C) it's raining (D) outside.
4. You (A) mustn't (B) to drive a car (C) if you (D) don't have a driving licence.
5. If you (A) want some useful (B) advice, you (C) have better talk to your parents (D) about your problem.
6. Yesterday I (A) must (B) stay (C) at home (D) due to the bad storm.
7. Because of his (A) poverty, he (B) has to (C) struggling to (D) make ends meet.
8. (A) According to the rules (B) of this game, you (C) don't have to (D) drop the ball.
9. This competition is (A) optional, so we (B) not (C) have to take part in (D) it.
10. My (A) advice is you (B) have to consider carefully (C) before (D) making the final decision.
Bài 5: Fill in the blanks with affirmative or negative forms of "must or have to/ has to".
1. You really__________stop driving so fast or you'll have an accident!
2. I can give you my bike, so you__________buy a new one.
3. They__________be in a hurry, because they have got more than enough time.
4. I really__________remember to post that letter before five o'clock.
5. Tomorrow is Sunday. You__________get up very early.
6. This room is a mess. I really__________find time to clean it!
7. You__________wear a tie if you want to go to that restaurant. It's one of their rules!
8. I am broke. I__________borrow some money to buy a car.
9. You__________stop smoking. It is very harmful.
10. Mr. Dickson is travelling abroad this summer, so he__________get his passport soon.
11. All the students__________obey the school rules.
12. You__________speak too loud, the baby is sleeping.
13. Students__________look at their notes during the test.
14. I have a terrible headache, so I__________leave early.
15. Snow has blocked the roads. We__________stay here until it's cleared.
English 11
7
3. It is necessary for young people to plan for their future, (have to)
Young people ____________________.
4. Ms. Hoa is in charge of cleaning the floor every day. (has to)
Ms. Hoa ____________________.
5. Tim doesn't get permission to use that computer, (mustn't)
Tim ____________________.
Bài 11: Fill in the blanks with "couldn't/ have to/ might/ must/ ought to /shouldn't".
1. It's very cold today. Do you think it__________snow later?
2. You__________leave your door unlocked when you go out.
3. They__________have filled the car with petrol before they set off.
4. You don't__________pick me up at the station. I can get a taxi.
5. This is impossible, it__________be a mistake!
6. Tom__________have seen me because he walked past without saying "Hello".
Bài 15: Use "could (n't) have/ should(n't) have/ must(n't) have" to complete the sentence.
1. Your house looks very nice. You__________spent a lot of time painting it.
2. John went running in the rain. He__________gotten sick.
3. It was so dark that he fell down the stairs. He__________fixed the light.
4. Daisy__________gone by bus. Why did she walk?
5. I called him but nobody answered. He__________gone out.
6. You__________cleaned the floor. It looks so clean.
7. Nam__________stolen the car. He was with me all the time.
8. My bicycle is broken. I__________ridden it down the stairs.
9. Tom looks happy. I think he__________gotten a new job.
10. The chocolate cake is all gone! Someone__________eaten it.
PRACTICE
TEST 1
PART 2: EXERCISES
English 11
10
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. bought B. daughter C. cough D. sight
2. A. sure B. soup C. sugar D. machine
3. A. but B. bury C. nut D. young
4. A. measure B. decision C. permission D. pleasure
5. A. dose B. chose C. close D. lose
6. A. position B. oasis C. desert D. resort
7. A. stone B. zone C. phone D. none
8. A. give B. five C. hive D. dive
9. A. switch B. stomach C. match D. catch
10. A. study B. ready C. puppy D. occupy
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.
1. A. facility B. characterize C. irrational D. variety
2. A. agreement B. elephant C. mineral D. violent
3. A. professor B. typical C. accountant D. develop
4. A. electrician B. majority C. appropriate D. traditional
5. A. decay B. vanish C. attack D. depend
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR
I. Choose the odd one out.
1. trend sibling prayer afford
2. casual rude conflict studious
3. sibling obey norm attitude
4. elegant comfortable frustrating trend
5. trivial dye browse afford
6. conflict burden norm mature
7. rude skinny tight pierce
8. curfew flashy value trend
9. attitude tight skinny rude
10. interact swear spit studious
II. Complete the sentences using the given words.
mustn't don't have to should ought
1. You ____________________________ type your essay but if you want, you can do it.
2. I ____________________________ go home too late. My parents are very strict.
3. She is an expert adviser; thus, I think you ____________________________ to ask her for some advice.
4. You _____________________________ ask your teacher if you don't understand the lesson.
English 11
11
English 11
12
VII. Match each phrase on the left with its definition on the right.
1. Extended family A. A big family that includes not only the parents and children, but also
grandparents, uncles, aunts and cousins, all living under the same roof.
2. Generation gap B. A family that consists of parents and children.
3. Nuclear family C. The difference in attitudes or behaviors between younger and older age
groups, which can cause a lack of understanding.
4. Extracurricular activity D. The rules of behavior that are typically accepted while people are eating at
the table.
5. Viewpoint E. An activity that can be done by students but not a part of school or college
course.
English 11
13
English 11
14
to (4.) _______________________ late in the evening because this is dangerous. Last but not least, they
ask me to (5.) _______________________ elderly and forbid me to (6.) _______________________. I
think that family rules play an integral role in helping family members understand one another and improve
their own behaviors. If you have any questions, please let me know. I hope you will enjoy your time in
Vietnam. I'm looking forward to meeting you.
Lots of love,
Lan
III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word.
by differences generational younger
comparison history because to
A generation gap
A generation gap is a popular term used to describe big (1) __________________ between people
of a younger generation and their elders. This can be defined as occurring "when older and (2)
________________
people do not understand each other (3) _____________________ of their different experiences, opinions,
habits and behavior." Although some (4) _____________________ differences have existed throughout (5)
_____________________, during this era differences between the two generations grew significantly in (6)
_____________________ with previous times, particularly with respect (7) _____________________ such
matters as musical tastes, fashion, drug use, culture and politics. This may have been magnified (8)
_____________________ the unprecedented size of the young Baby Boomer generation, which gave it
unprecedented power, influence, and willingness to rebel against social norms.
D. WRITING
I. Complete the sentences without changing the meaning.
1. They think that it is a good idea for me to do voluntary work. (I)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
2. They insist that I should come home at 9 o'clock every night. (make)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
3. It is very important for us to do well at school. (must)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
4. It is not necessary for me to agree with everything my parents say. (not have)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
5. My parents never let me forget to do my homework. (remind)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
6. They always refuse to allow me to stay overnight at my friend's house. (never let)
English 11
17
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
7. My mother expects me to work as a teacher like her. (It is my mother's wish)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
8. I can go out with my friends at the weekend. (allow)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
II. Rewrite each sentence using the word(s) in the brackets, without changing its meaning.
1. If I were you, I would spend more time talking with my children. (should)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
2. John doesn't get permission to use that computer. (mustn't)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
3. It is necessary that people who work here leave by 6 p.m. (must)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
4. Every staff isn't allowed to smoke or eat in the office. (mustn't)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
5. Customers are advised to check their luggage before leaving the airport. (ought to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
6. It is forbidden for students to cheat in the exam. (mustn't)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
7. Ms. Ly is in charge of cleaning the floor every day. (has to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
8. You are not allowed to take photographs in the museum. (mustn't)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
9. It would be a good idea for you to share the housework with your mother. (ought to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
10. It is not necessary for Jack to call Ben today. (doesn't have to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
TEST 2
English 11
18
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. adopt B. involve C. stroll D. follow
2. A. exist B. mind C. inspire D. provide
3. A. refusal B. music C. student D. studying
4. A. lecturer B. medium C. inventor D. president
5. A. teach B. cheer C. characterize D. watch
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.
1. A. actor B. commit C. fashion D. motion
2. A. education B. industrial C. intelligent D. traditional
3. A. industry B. refugee C. magazine D. Japanese
4. A. freedom B. contact C. furnish D. disturb
5. A. independence B. impractical C. education D. entertainment
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
I. Fill in each blank with the given word.
nuclear family generation gap hairstyle
school children junk food
1. Why is there a __________________________ between parents and children?
2. Why are soft drinks and __________________________ not good for our health?
3. Do you think _____________________________ should wear uniforms?
4. Is the __________________________ the perfect type of family?
5. Have your parents ever complained about your __________________________?
II. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "must".
1. You __________________________ study harder to get better marks.
2. The boy is only twelve years old. He ___________________________ ride a motorbike.
3. Jimmy, you __________________________ bite nails.
4. My classmate is very ill. She __________________________ see a doctor as soon as possible.
5. Your hands are dirty. You __________________________ wash them before meal.
6. We __________________________ brush our teeth at least once a day.
7. Children __________________________ play with dangerous objects like knives and matches.
8. Students __________________________ use mobile phones during the test.
9. Babies ___________________________ go to bed early.
10. You ____________________________ be impolite to elderly people.
III. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "have to".
1. Secretaries ____________________________ answer the phone. That is a part of their job.
2. Jason and Linda are on holiday. They __________________________ go to school today
English 11
19
English 11
20
3. Flight attendants have to/ mustn't take care of passengers on the plane.
4. During the lesson, students don't have to/ mustn't leave class without the teacher's permission.
5. Her mother cooks for her, so she herself doesn't have to/mustn't cook.
6. Smokers don't have to/ mustn't smoke in public places. This is stated in a new law.
7. Drinks are free for today. It means that you don't have to/mustn't pay money for drinks today.
8. Kelvin won the lottery last year, so he doesn't have to/mustn't work now.
9. According to the company regulations, staff have to/ must finish their work with highest efficiency.
10. To be healthy, we mustn't/ ought to eat healthful food and do the exercise regularly.
C. READING
I. Read the text and do the following task.
Types of Families
A family is a group of people that have a common ancestor. They usually live together in the same
house. Although it is a fact that not all families are the same, they can be categorized into different types.
A nuclear family consists of parents and their children living together. In many countries in Europe
and North American this is the most common form of family. There are three types of nuclear families. In
the first type the father works and the mother cares for the children. In the second type, the mother works
and the father stays at home with the children. In the third type of family, both parents work. This last type
of family is the most common in the USA and Canada.
In an extended family, different family members such as grandparents, aunts, uncles and cousins
live together. In many areas of the world, such as Asia, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America, and
Southern Europe, this type of family is common.
Recently in some countries, couples are choosing to have only one child. These types of families are
called single child families. Some people believe that children raised in these kinds of families are spoilt,
selfish and lonely. But research doesn't support this.
Some families have no children at all. The couples that make up these families sometimes make the
choice not to have children because they want to have more free time. Some couples choose not to have
children for financial reasons.
Families with only one parent are called single parent families. There are several causes of these
types of families. The first reason is divorce. Another reason is that the one of the parent dies, leaving the
surviving parent widowed. Additionally, some parents never get married in the first place.
When the husband or wife in a marriage brings children with them from a past marriage, this is
called a blended or reconstituted family. This type of family has become more common due to the increase
in divorces. For some children this kind of family can be good because there are two parents, instead of just
one. But there can also be some difficulties as the two new families try to become one.
As the basis of all societies, families of all types are very important. This is true now and will be
true in the future as well.
Match each description of a family on the left with a type of family on the right.
English 11
21
1. Two years ago Darrel and Tanya got married. Before they got married Childless Family
Darrel had three sons and Tanya had a daughter. Now they all live together.
2. Hiroshi's wife died several years ago of cancer. He now raises his two Blended Family
sons Tomo and Taiki by himself.
3. Jose and Maria live with their 3 children. They also live with their Single Child Family
parents, an uncle and an aunt.
4. Husband and wife Dalee and Meegung have been married for two years. Nuclear Family
They are both very successful business people and don't have any children.
5. Harry and his wife Jane have been married for six years. They have one Extended Family
daughter named Melissa.
6. Jack and Betty, who have been married for over 15 years, have two Single Parent Family
children named Daniel and Chirstine.
II. Read the text and answer the questions.
Teenagers today are undergoing lots of changes. They are between the ages of 13 to 19. Many of
them are undergoing physical and emotional changes. These are the stages in the teenagers that are
unavoidable.
The teenage life is full of happiness, sadness, enjoyment and it can be interesting too. This is
because in the teenage life that a teenager is subjected to physical growth, hormonal changes and even
dilemmas. They may be in a stage of conflict like undergoing puppy love. This is only a normal part of life.
Making friends is part and parcel of a teenager's life. The teenager should enjoy life by making
friends with peers and participate in healthy activities such as camping, picnic, kayaking, swimming and so
on. Through friends, a teenager learns to joke, laugh and play to release stress and tension. By making
friends, the teenager learns to sweeten his or her joys and even eases the bitterness of life's downtime.
Many teenagers are very conscious of their physical outlook. It is at this part of their life that beauty
strikes as the main self-image. They love to follow up with the latest trends for dressing, hairstyle and even
look good with their physical image. Some girls and boys go on a crash diet to slim down in order to look
attractive. Others may suffer from acne and pimples that may scar their external beauty.
Another stage in a teenager is the teenager's love life. There are chemical changes in the body and
so the teenager tends to have a sense of feelings for the opposite sex. They will experience love and
rejection. These sometimes will affect their studies.
Parents tend to play a role in a teenager's life. Parents today are overly concern over their children's
well-being. They like to control their freedom and have a say what the teenagers do. Hence, we have cases
of disagreements, disputes, quarrels and even runaways from homes among some teenage girls.
There are also negative problems that may pop out during a teenage life. A teenager is not well
guided may fall into the wrong path. Some teenagers are involved in drugs trafflicking, smoking, drinking
and smuggling of illegal products into the country. Others tend to vent their anger by vandalizing public
property. We have those with no regard and respect for the elders.
The mass media has an influence over the lives of many teenagers. Violent action movies, obscene
shows and pornography surfed from the Internet can bring a disastrous effect on a teenager's life. There will
be more harm than good if nothing is done.
English 11
22
1. From paragraph 1
(a) What is the age range of a teenager?
(b) What are the changes that a teenager undergoes?
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
2. From paragraph 2
(a) Why is it that a teenage life is full of ups and downs?
(b) What kind of conflict does a teenage face?
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
3. From paragraph 3
List activities that a teenager can get involved in.
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
4. From paragraph 4
What are the things that a teenager likes to keep up to date with?
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
5. From paragraph 8
State why parents are worried about their teenagers. Answer in your own words.
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
III. Read an article about how to make a list of family rules and answer reading comprehension
questions.
Family Rules
Would you like to have a boss who didn't specify what the rules were in your work place but
punished you if you broke these unknown rules? You would feel pretty frustrated, wouldn't you? That's
how children feel when they are punished for breaking rules that have never been explained to them.
Family rules are necessary to make clear what is expected of children and to outline punishments for
misbehavior and rewards for good behavior.
English 11
23
When creating a list of family rules remember to be specific both in what is expected and the
punishment or reward. Gather the family together when creating the list of family rules. Involve children in
the creation of the rules and get their input as to appropriate rewards or punishments. Explain to children
why youd like to include certain rules. They'll accept them more if they understand that they are for their
own benefit and safety.
You can create the list of rules in the form of a contract which all family members sign. Before
completing the contract make sure that all family members are in agreement as to the wording of the rules
and the punishments or rewards for each rule.
Once the rules have been created, remember to be consistent with their enforcement. The list of
rules doesn't mean anything unless it is consistently enforced.
1. Why do we need a list of family rules?
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
2. Why should we explain to children the reason behind the rules?
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
3. Who should sign the family rules contract?
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
4. What could happen if you don't consistently enforce the rules?
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
IV. Read and fill in the blanks.
recognize dangers generation acting understand
individuals according along control teens
(1. ___________________) to the results of a survey in USA WEEKEND Magazine, there isn't
really a generation gap. The magazine's "Teens & Parents" survey shows that today's generation of young
people generally get (2. ___________________) well with their parents and appreciate the way they're
being raised. Most feel that their parents (3. ___________________) them, and they believe their parents
consider family as the No. 1 priority in their lives. Although more than a third of (4. _________________)
have something in their rooms they would like to keep secret from their parents, it is usually nothing more
harmful than a diary or a CD.
Such results may seem surprising in the context of the violent events that people hear about in the
media. Maybe because of the things they hear, parents worry that their own kids might get out of (5.
______________) once they reach the teenage years. However, the facts in the survey should make us feel
better. The survey shows us that today's teens are loving and sensible. They are certainly happier than the
angry people in the teenage stereotypes we all know about. True, some teenagers are very angry, and we
need to (6. ____________) their needs, but the great majority of teens are not like that at all.
In contrast to some stereotypes, most teens believe they must be understanding about differences
among (7. ________________). Many of them volunteer for community service with disadvantaged
English 11
24
people. When they talk about themselves, their friends and their families, they sound positive and proud.
Generally, these are very nice kids.
Is this spirit of harmony a change from the past? Only a generation ago, parent child relations were
described as the "(8. _______________) gap". Yet even then, things were not so bad. Most kids in the
1960s and 1970s shared their parents' basic values.
Perhaps, however, it is true that American families are growing closer at the beginning of this new
millennium. Perhaps there is less to fight about, and the (9. ______________) of drug abuse and other
unacceptable behavior are now well known. Perhaps, compared to the impersonal world outside the home, a
young person's family is like a friendly shelter, not a prison. And perhaps parents are (10.
_______________) more like parents than they did 20 or 30 years ago.
D. WRITING
I. Rewrite the following sentences and add the available modal verbs to the appropriate position.
1. If you go swimming in the sea, you wear a life jacket. (ought to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
2. I will tell you my secret, but you tell anyone. (mustn't)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
3. You spend too much time playing computer games. You stop that. (must)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
4. Phuong loves chocolate, but she eat too much, or she will gain weight. (oughtn't to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
5. We wear helmets when we ride a motorbike. (have to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
6. I book the tickets in advance. (don't have to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
7. Alia, you say rude words like that. (mustn't)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
8. We play table tennis. We can play chess instead. (don't have to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
9. Children put their hands into sockets. That is very dangerous. (mustn't)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
English 11
25
10. Doctors sometimes work at the weekends and on national holidays. (have to)
______________________________________________________________________________________
____
II. Rewrite sentences with the same meaning as sentences given, using the given words and the
correct form of modal verbs in parentheses.
1. I advise him to stop wasting money on lottery. (ought to)
He
________________________________________________________________________________
_
2. It's necessary for you to finish your homework before going to bed. (must)
You
________________________________________________________________________________
3. It isn't necessary for you to bring food and drink for lunch. (have to)
You
________________________________________________________________________________
4. Fishing is not allowed in this park. (must)
You
________________________________________________________________________________
5. Every receptionist in our hotel is obliged to wear a uniform. (have to)
Every receptionist in our hotel
___________________________________________________________
6. It's forbidden to sell cigarettes to children. (must not)
Shops
______________________________________________________________________________
7. It's optional for waiters to wear a tie. (have to)
Waiters
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. His doctor advises him not to drink too much alcohol. (ought to)
He
________________________________________________________________________________
_
9. It's obligatory for every employee to keep the company's information secret. (have to)
Every employee
______________________________________________________________________
10. Teachers advise me to study English to get a good job. (ought to)
I ___________________________________________________________________________________
TEST 3
Part I. PHONETICS
English 11
26
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
1. A. access B. afford C. brochure D. casual
2. A. behaviour B. determined C. counselor D. decisive
3. A. donate B. compare C. campaign D. flashy
4. A. experience B. mobility C. independent D. prioritise
5. A. romantic B. solution C. protective D. elegant
6. A. legal B. obey C. forbid D. impose
7. A. constitution B. disrespectful C. sympathetic D. elongated
8. A. generational B. interpersonal C. discrimination D. nationality
9. A. studious B. unite C. mature D. involve
10. A. frustrating B. charity C. impairment D. infectious
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
11. I live in a/an ____ with my parents and my elder sister in the coastal area.
A. extended family B. nuclear family
C. extended house D. nuclear house
12. One advantage of living in a/an ____ is to strengthen relationship between young children and adults.
A. nuclear family B. nuclear house
C. extended family D. extended house
13. In my opinion, family members are responsible for ____.
A. the housework B. the chores C. homework D. A and B
14. My grandpa is the most conservative person in my family. He never ____ about way of life.
A. gives his opinion B. changes his mind
C. gives his view D. keeps in mind
15. After graduating from university, I want to ____ my father's footsteps.
A. follow in B. succeed in C. go after D. keep up
16. In a nuclear family, both mother and father have responsibility for housekeeping and ____.
A. child care B. homework C. childcare D. generation gap
17. Four generations living in the same roof will have different ____ of lifestyle.
A. gaps B. rules C. manners D. viewpoints
18. Luckily, my parents are always willing to listen to my new ideas. They're very ____.
A. narrow-minded B. open-minded C. elegant D. careful
19. My mother ____ me from going home after 10 p.m. every day.
A. forbids B. allows C. lets D. All are correct
20. Anna often dresses ____ when going to the parties in order to attract her friends' attention.
English 11
27
English 11
28
English 11
29
English 11
30
71. I will leave the party early because I must studying for my exam.
A B C D
English 11
31
89. Ms. Anna will give a fascinating lecture at 8 a.m., so you should be here at 7.45 to check in.
A B C D
90. My advice is you have to consider carefully before making the final decision.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges.
91. Would you mind if I opened the windows? It's too stuffy in here.
A. Yes, of course. B. No, please do. C. I think it is OK. D. You look so tired.
92. Could you show me how to get to the nearest train station from here?
A. I'm not certain but it's maybe at the end of the street.
B. I totally agree with you.
C. Sorry, I never know you.
D. I'm busy. now.
93. From my point of view, all family members should share the chores equally.
A. It's a breathtaking view. B. You lied to me.
C. But you're right. D. There's no doubt about it.
94. I've been awarded a scholarship to Harvard University.
A. Just kidding! B. It's up to you. C. Good job! D. Same to you. Thanks!
95. Don't forget to finish your homework before class.
A. I'll do it later. B. Not much. C. It's quite difficult. D. Thank you for reminding me.
96. Thanks a lot for helping me fix the car yesterday.
A. I'd love to. B. You're welcome. C. Of course not. D. I like it.
97. I've seen John at the workshop on communication skills.
A. I see. I'll call him.
B. The workshop was very useful.
C. That can't be John because he's in Paris now.
D. No, I don't think so.
98. How do I sign up for the psychology course?
A. You need to fill in the online application form first.
B. It's not yours.
C. The course was full.
D. Your deadline is May 15.
99. What's about going to the waterpark?
A. That's a good idea. B. That's right. C. Of course! D. I'm sorry I can't.
100. Hi, I'd like to buy three tickets for the Lost in Fear.
A. How many tickets? B. I'm sorry. They were sold out.
English 11
32
C. We don't like this film. D. You should see other interesting films.
101. Do you enjoy buying souvenirs?
A. No, I don't. B. No, thank you! C. Never mind. D. No, I am not.
102. Which show would you like to watch, madam?
A. Here you are! B. No, thanks. C. I am sorry. D. Pardon?
103. What did you do on Sunday?
A. No way! B. Not much. C. It was great. D. I don't care.
104. I love listening to rock n' roll. How about you?
A. I can't stand it. B. I can't help it. C. I can't do it. D. I can't wait for it.
105. What's wrong with the shirt you bought last week?
A. Oh! What a beautiful shirt! B.I wore it last night.
C. The zip has come off. D. I've the receipt.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Fathers in today families are spending more time with their children than at any point in the past 100
years. (106) ____ the number of hours the average woman spends at home with her children has
declined since the early 1900s, as more and more women enter the workforce, there has been a
decrease in the number of children per family and an increase in (107) ____ attention to each child.
As a result, mothers today in the United States, (108) ____ those who work part- or full-time, spend
almost twice as much time with each child as mothers did in the 1920s. People (109) ____ raised
children in the 1940s and 1950s typically report that their own adult children and grandchildren
communicate far better with their kids and spend more time (110) ____ with homework than they
did.
America's children are also safer today than they've (111) ____ been. An infant was four times more
likely to die in the 1950s than today. A parent then was 27 per cent more likely to lose an older teen
(112) ____ death.
If we look back over the last millennium, we can see that families have always been diverse. In each
period, families have solved one set of problems only to face new (113) ____. What works for a
family in one economic and cultural setting doesn't work for a family in another. What's helpful
(114) ____ one stage of a family's life may be (115) ____ at the next stage. If there is one lesson to
be (116) ____ from the last millennium of family history, it's that families always have to (117)
____ with a changing world.
106. A. Although B. However C. Unless D. Besides
107. A. isolated B. individual C. unique D. single
108. A. adding B. counting C. taking D. including
109. A. whom B. which C. who D. when
110. A. helping B. to help C. help D. on help
111. A. never B. already C. ever D. just
English 11
33
English 11
34
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
In American, although most men still do less housework than their wives, that gap has been halved
since the 1960s. Today, 41 per cent of couples say they share childcare equally, compared with 25
percent in 1985. Men's greater involvement at home is good for their relationships with their
spouses, and also good for their children. Hands-on fathers make better parents than men who let
their wives do all the nurturing and childcare. They raise sons who are more expressive and
daughters who are more likely to do well in school - especially in math and science.
In 1900, life expectancy in the United States was 47 years, and only four per cent of the population
was 65 or older. Today, life expectancy is 76 years, and by 2025, it is estimated about 20 per cent of
the U.S. population will be 65 or older. For the first time, a generation of adults must plan for the
needs of both their parents and their children. Most Americans are responding with remarkable
grace. One in four households gives the equivalent of a full day a week or more in unpaid care to an
aging relative, and more than half say they expect to do so in the next 10 years. Older people are
less likely to be impoverished or incapacitated by illness than in the past, and have more opportunity
to develop a relationship with their grandchildren.
Even some of the choices that worry people the most are turning out to be manageable. Divorce
rates are likely to remain high, and in many cases marital breakdown causes serious problems for
both adults and kids. Yet when parents minimize conflict, family bonds can be maintained. And
many families are doing this. More non-custodial parents are staying in touch with their children.
Child-support receipts are rising. A lower proportion of children from divorced families are
exhibiting problems than in earlier decades. And stepfamilies are learning to maximize children's
access to supportive adults rather than cutting them off from one side of the family.
123. Which of the following can be the most suitable heading for paragraph 1?
A. Men's involvement at home
B. Benefits of men's involvement at home
C. Drawbacks of men's involvement at home
D. Children studying math and science
124. Nowadays, ____ of men help take care of children.
A. 50% B. 41% C. 25% D. 20%
125. According to the writer, old people in the USA ____.
A. are experiencing a shorter life expectancy
B. receive less care from their children than they used to
C. have better relationships with their children and grandchildren
D. may live in worst living conditions
126. Which of the following is NOT true about divorce rates in the USA?
A. They will still be high.
B. They can cause problems for both parents and children.
C. More problems are caused by children from divorced families.
English 11
35
English 11
36
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. My brother speaks too loud. It is really annoying.
A. My brother is speaking too loud.
B. My brother likes to speak too loud.
C. My brother feels annoyed when he can't speak too loud.
D. My brother is always speaking too loud.
137. There is always conflict between parents and children. However, they still should talk and share things
with each other.
A. Although there is always conflict between parents and children, they still should talk and share
things with each other.
B. There is always conflict between parents and children, so they still should talk and share things
with each other.
C. Unless there is always conflict between parents and children, they still should talk and share
things with each other.
D. Not only there is always conflict between parents and children, but they still should talk and
share things with each other.
138. Your parents will help you with the problem. You should tell them the story.
A. Because your parents will help you with the problem, you should tell them the story.
B. Your parents will help you with the problem since you should tell them the story.
C. If your parents will help you with the problem, you should tell them the story.
D. Your parents will help you with the problem because you should tell them the story.
139. Unemployment rate is high. This makes many children move back to their parents' house.
A. Many children move back to their parents' house, which makes high unemployment rate.
B. High unemployment rate forces many children to move back to their parents' house.
C. Moving back to their parents' house suggests that the unemployment rate is high.
D. It is necessary to move back to your parents' house if unemployment rate is high.
140. She is an honest person. She is also a very friendly one.
A. She is an honest but friendly person.
B. She is not only an honest but also a very friendly person.
C. Though she is a honest person, she is friendly.
D. Being honest is necessary to become friendly.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………
UNIT 2: RELATIONSHIP
English 11
37
VOCABULARY
argument /ˈɑːɡjumənt/ (n.) sự tranh cãi, sự tranh luận
relationship /rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/ (n.) mối quan hệ, mối liên hệ
romantic relationship /rəʊˈmæntɪk rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/ (n. phr.) mối quan hệ lãng mạn
be in a relationship /bi ɪn ə rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/ (v. phr.) hẹn hò, có mối quan hệ tình cảm
betray /bɪ'treɪ/ (v.) phản bội, lừa dối, phụ lòng tin)
break up (with someone) /breɪk ʌp/ (phr. v.) chia tay
concentrate (on) /'kɒnsntreɪt/ (v) tập trung
counsellor /ˈkaʊnsələ(r)/ (n.) người khuyên bảo, cố vấn
date /deɪt/ (n.) cuộc hẹn hò, sự hẹn gặp
emotional /ɪ'məʊʃənl/ (adj.) cảm động, cảm xúc
lend an ear /lend ən ɪə(r)/ (v. phr.) lắng nghe và thấu hiểu
opposite-sex /ˈɒpəzɪt seks/ (adj.) khác giới
quit school /kwɪt sku:l/ (v. phr.) bỏ học
reconcile (with someone) /ˈreknsaɪl/ (v) làm hòa, giảng hòa
single-sex school /ˈsɪŋgl seks sku:l/ (n. phr.) trường học một giới (trường nữ
sinh, trường nam sinh)
sympathetic /ˌsɪmpəˈθetɪk/ (adj.) đồng cảm, thông cảm
achievement /ə'tʃi:vmənt/ (n.) thành tích, thành tựu
appearance /ə'pɪərəns/ (n.) diện mạo, vẻ bề ngoài
community /kəˈmju:nəti/ (n.) cộng đồng
confidence /ˈkɒnfɪdəns/ (n.) sự tin tưởng, sự tin cậy
contribution /ˌkɒntrɪˈbju:ʃn/ (n.) sự đóng góp
engage /ɪnˈgeɪdʒ/ (v.) thu hút (sự chú ý...), giành được
(tình cảm...)
enthusiastic /ɪnˌθju:zi'æstɪk/ (adj.) nhiệt tình, hào hứng
initiative /ɪ'nɪʃətɪv/ (n.) bước khởi đầu, sự khởi xướng
matchmaking /'mætʃmeɪkɪŋ/ (n.) sự làm mối
on good terms (with someone) /ɒn gʊd tɜ:mz/ (idiom) có quan hệ tốt với ai
oppose /ə'pəʊz/ (v.) chống đối, phản đối
permission /pə'mɪʃn/ (n.) sự cho phép, sự chấp nhận
persuade /pə'sweɪd/ (v.) thuyết phục
potential /pə'tenʃl/ (adj.) tiềm năng, tiềm tàng
psychologist /saɪ'kɒlədʒɪst/ (n.) nhà tâm lý học
reaction /ri'ækʃn/ (n.) sự phản ứng
tension /'tenʃn/ (n) sự căng thẳng, tình trạng căng
thẳng
English 11
38
turn into /tɜ:n 'ɪntu:/ (phr. v.) biến thành, trở thành
GRAMMAR
I. LINKING VERBS
1. Định nghĩa
Động từ nối (Linking verbs) là các động từ dùng để diễn tả trạng thái / bản chất của chủ ngữ thay vì
miêu tả hành động của chủ ngữ.
2. Cấu trúc
Form: S + linking verbs + Complement (Adj/ N)
3. Ví dụ
E.g:
- Hung looks happy. ("look" là động từ nối; "happy" là tính từ làm bổ ngữ cho chủ ngữ "Hung")
- The football match was exciting. ("was" là động từ nối; "good" là tính từ làm bổ ngữ)
- Lan becomes the president of this club. ("become" là động từ nối, "the president of this club"
là
cụm danh từ làm bổ ngữ)
Những động từ nối thường gặp là:
English 11
39
Một số động từ ở phía trên có thể làm chức năng là động từ nối (linking verbs) hoặc là động từ thường
(ordinary verbs).
E.g 1:
- She looks angry. (Cô ấy trông có vẻ tức giận). "look" là động từ nối
- She looks at the man angrily. (Cô ấy nhìn vào người đàn ông một cách giận dữ.) "look" là động
từ thường
E.g 2:
- The food tastes delicious. (Thức ăn ngon quá.) "taste" là động từ nối
- They tasted the food. (Họ đã nếm thức ăn.) "taste" là động từ thường
E.g 3:
- This house smells musty. (Ngôi nhà có mùi mốc.) "smell" là động từ nối
- The woman is smelling the flowers gingerly. (Người phụ nữ đang ngửi hương thơm của hoa một cách
thận trọng.) "smell" là động từ thường
■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 3: Decide whether the underlined part in each of the following sentences is an "ordinary verb"
or a "linking verb".
1. Miss Lan is smelling the flowers that her students has just given to her.
2. My mother tasted this soup carefully.
3. Alex looks more beautiful when wearing this shirt.
4. Mary's grandmother used to look after her carefully when she was a child.
English 11
40
CLEFT SENTENCES
English 11
41
Câu chẻ (Cleft sentences) được dùng để nhấn mạnh một thành phần của câu như chủ ngữ, tân ngữ hay
trạng từ
4. It cleft sentences (Câu chẻ với it)
* Form: It + be (is/ was) + emphasized word/ phrase (từ/ cụm từ được nhấn mạnh)+ relative clause
(that/who/which clause)
E.g: It was in 2008 that we first met each other. (Chính vào năm 2008 chúng tôi đã gặp nhau lần đầu
tiên.)
Note: Các đại từ who, which có thể được dùng để thay thế cho "that". When và where cũng có thể được
sử dụng (informal English), nhưng how và why thì không thể thay thế cho "that" trong câu chẻ.
E.g: It was last Saturday that/ when we played badminton.
It was in New York that/ where she met him.
a. Emphasis on subject (Nhấn mạnh vào chủ ngữ)
E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday.
It was Tom that took Mary to the party on Sunday.
b. Emphasis on object (Nhấn mạnh vào tân ngữ)
E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday.
It was Mary that Tom took to the party on Saturday.
c. Emphasis on adverbial (Nhắn mạnh vào trạng ngữ)
E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday.
It was on Sunday that Tom took Mary to the party.
d. Emphasis on prepositional phrase (Nhấn mạnh vào cụm giới từ)
E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday.
It was to the party that Tom took Mary on Sunday.
5. Wh_ cleft sentences
* Form: Wh_clause (What clause) + be + emphasized word/ phrase
E.g: They gave me some gifts.
What they was some gifts.
All he wanted to do as he was growing up was play tennis. (= the only thing he wanted to do): Điều
duy nhất anh ta đã muốn làm khi anh ta trưởng thành là chơi quần vợt. Thỉnh thoảng chúng ta có thể
dùng "all" thay cho "what".
What ~ The thing(s) that
Sau mệnh đề what, động từ to be thường được chia ở dạng số ít (is/ was). Tuy nhiên, thỉnh thoảng hình
thức số nhiều (are/ were) có thể được sử dụng trước danh từ số nhiều.
E.g: What I hope to see is/ are children who are successful in their studies.
- Chúng ta có thể đặt mệnh đề what ở đầu hoặc cuối câu.
E.g: What makes me happy is his love. / His love is what makes me happy. (Điều mà làm tôi hạnh phúc
là tình yêu của anh ấy.)
Để nhấn mạnh vào một hành động (action), chúng ta dùng cấu trúc: What + S + hình thức của động từ
English 11
42
do + be + (to) + infinitive
E.g: What Tom did was (to) Mary to the party.
BÀI 8: FIND MISTAKES
1. (A) That (B) was Tim (C) who (D) went to hospital last week.
2. It was (A) in Nha Trang (B) that I first (C) meet (D) my wife.
3. It (A) is (B) in 2010 (C) that I (D) graduated from university.
4. It (A) was (B) on New Year's Eve (C) who my sister (D) broke up with her boyfriend.
5. It (A) was her husband (B) who (C) dropped out of his university and (D) setted up his business.
Bài 9: Complete each gap with one of the words in the box. Where necessary (but only where
necessary) add that.
day person place reason thing way
1. The you really need to speak to is Mike, the guy standing by the fire.
2. One I've asked you here today is to talk about last week's sales.
3. The really got my goal was that he never even apologized.
4. The main I want to talk to you is to discuss your future.
5. The it works is that you press this button here and hey presto!
6. The we got married was the happiest day of my life.
7. One I'll never forget is Ba Na Hills.
8. The you need to remember is that he's only a child.
9. The impressed me the most was Mary; she really knew her stuff.
10. One to get it through the door is to put it on its end.
11. The made the most lasting impression was the Temple of Literature.
12. The works best for me is to write down new words in context.
Bài 10: Rearrange the words to make a complete sentence.
1. missed/ what/ friends/ old/ I/ was/ all/ my/.
2. my/ what/ was/l/ that/ passport/ happened/ lost/.
3. the/ most/ that/ me/ surprised/ was/ thing/ price/ the/.
4. it/ only/ relax/ I/ weekends/ is/ at/ that/ the/ can/.
5. happened/ apologize / that/ all/ was/ had I to/ I.
■ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 11: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
English 11
43
Bài 12: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
1. The chef (A) tasted the meat (B) cautious before (C) carefully serving it to his (D) special guest.
2. The doctor (A) checked the leg (B) carefully to (C) see if there were any (D) brokenly bones.
3. After (A) being closed for (B) a long period of time, the house (C) became dirty and (D) smelled
awfully.
4. Tim (A) has lived in Vietnam (B) for several years. He (C) knows the culture (D) very good.
5. I (A) feel both (B) excited and (C) nervously because I have got a (D) date with Daisy tomorrow.
6. The (A) humid weather (B) made it (C) difficultly to enjoy the (D) tropical beach.
7. It was in a (A) warm and cosy coffee shop (B) in where they (C) had their (D) first date.
8. Tom's parents (A) are not pleased because he (B) does not study (C) hardly and (D) seriously enough.
English 11
44
9. The food was (A) good with (B) reasonable price, (C) but the service was (D) slowly.
10. (A) It is his dishonesty (B) what I (C) dislike (D) the most.
Bài 13: Choose the best answer in the brackets to complete the sentences.
1. Tom spoke (confident/confidently) to the audience urging them to elect him president of the union. He
knew he had a (good/well) chance of winning the election.
2. Alex (quick/ quickly) ate her lunch. She knew the meeting was (important/ importantly) and she didn't
want to be late.
3. The entrance examination is (extreme/ extremely) challenging. Very few people make it into the
(prestigious/ prestigiously) medical school.
4. Although Lisa speaks (soft/ softly) and seems quite (timid/ timidly), she is the leading expert in her
field. Don't underestimate her abilities.
5. After the medieval cathedral was (tragic/ tragically) burnt down last year, the city (quick/ quickly)
rebuilt it stone for stone. It looks exactly the same as it did before the fire.
6. The tomato plants grew (quick/ quickly) in the rich soil. Mrs. Brown intended to use the homegrown
tomatoes to make her (delicious/ deliciously) tempting lasagna.
7. Mr. Michael (generous/ generously) donated $ 1,000,000 to the law school's scholarship fund. With
this money, they will be able to help low-income students cope with the (increasing/ increasingly) cost of
education.
8. Tim is (good/ well) known for his sense of humor. Last Saturday, when he told the joke about the
fireman and the school teacher, everybody there started laughing (uncontrollable/ uncontrollably).
Bài 14: Fill each gap with ONE suitable word.
a. What I liked most about the movie (1) the music.
b. What she (2) was (3) look for another job.
c. (4) I said (5) that she was a bit late and she bit my head off.
d. What (6) then (7) that all hell broke loose.
e. All that has happened is (8) the police (9) given me a warning.
f. (10) really annoys me (11) that he's always right.
g. All I (12) (13) to ask for a clean cup, and the waiter went berserk.
h. What (14) happened was that she'd completely forgotten about it.
i. Your attitude is exactly (15) I wanted to talk to you about.
Bài 15: Rewrite the following sentences using the words given in bold.
1. We just need 3 minutes to fix it. (all)
2. I'm not questioning her dedication, (isn't)
3. Those men are totally ruthless, (what)
4. We inherited everything except the garden, (only thing)
English 11
45
5. You know the shop assistant told me exactly the same thing, (that's)
6. We're cleaning the house, (doing)
Bài 16: Complete the sentences as cleft sentences focusing on the underlined phrases and including
any words in bold. After It's, only use that where necessary.
1. I really enjoy a long walk in the country.
It's .
What .
(is) A long walk .
2. I dislike his rudeness the most.
What .
(what) His rudeness .
It's .
3. His sense of irony makes me laugh.
(what) His .
It's .
What .
TEST1
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1 A. achievement B. appearance C. enthusiastic D. initiative
2 A. confidence B. achievement C. engage D. permission
3. A. potential B. psychologist C. oppose D. contribution
4. A. initiative B. confidence C. enthusiastic D. tension
5 A. reaction B. achievement C. matchmaking D. enthusiastic
II. Choose the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress.
1. A. commercial B. constructive C. essential D. national
2. A. copy B. remove C. notice D. cancel
3. A. curriculum B. economics C. hesitation D. calculation
4. A. interact B. specify C. illustrate D. fertilize
5. A. territorial B. economic C. considerate D. continental
6. A. realistic B. oceanic C. economy D. biology
7. A. prediction B. rehearsal C. essential D. industry
8. A. maximum B. vacancy C. terrorist D. investment
9. A. vertical B. contractual C. domestic D. outstanding
English 11
46
6. __________________________
English 11
47
4. __________________________ 5. __________________________
IV. Choose and fill in the blanks with correct words.
potential tension reactions oppose
a romantic relationship permission on good terms psychologist
1. In my class, the girls are ________________________________ with all the boys except me.
2. We need to get our parents' ______________________ to take part in the English Speaking Contest in
Hanoi next month.
3. They will select ____________________________ matches and help the two people meet face to face.
4. He was not willing to talk to a _____________________________.
5. Does the counselor agree with Ha's _________________________?
6. The __________________________ between Minh and his parents is because they always judge his friends
by their appearances.
7. My grandmother thinks friendship between a boy and a girl will turn into
____________________________.
8. Should parents strongly ___________________________ their children's romantic relationships?
V. Put the given words into the right column.
become seem remain taste јumр
sound dance feel run laugh
grow climb are smell
Action Verbs Linking verbs Both
English 11
48
English 11
49
3. It was _________________________ who was arrested by the police two days ago
4. It is ___________________________ that I meet my English teacher.
5. It is _________________________ that we play football very happily.
6. It was _________________________ that blew out some roofs of houses in the village.
7. It was _________________________ that I received from my mother last week.
8. It is _________________________ that we often have picnics.
9. It is _________________________ who always stand by me when I get into some trouble.
10. It is _________________________ who takes responsibility for cooking in my family.
XIII. Choose the underlined part that is incorrect in the following sentences.
1. That was Jim who went to hospital last month.
A. That B. was C. who D. went
2. It was in Paris that I first meet my wife.
A. in B. Paris C. that D. meet
3. It is in 2010 that my life turned over a new leaf.
A. is B. that C. turned D. leaf
4. It was on New Year's Eve who Mary broke up with her boyfriend.
A. was B. on C. who D. broke up with
5. It was her brother who dropped out of his university and setted up his business.
A. was B. who C. dropped D. setted up
XIV. Choose the correct sentence that is written using the underlined part and cleft sentence with “It”.
1. He spent his summer vacation in Da Lat.
A. It is in Da Lat that he spent his summer vacation.
B. It was in Da Lat that he spent his summer vacation.
C. It is in Da Lat that he spends his summer vacation.
D. It was in Da Lat where he spends his summer vacation.
2. Candidates all over the world took part in the competition with great enthusiasm.
A. It is great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition.
B. It was great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition.
C. It was with great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition.
D. It is with great enthusiasm which candidates all over the world take part the competition.
3. He gains impressive achievements at the age of 20.
A. It is at the age of 20 that he gains impressive achievements.
B. It was at the age of 20 that he gains impressive achievements.
C. It is at the age of 20 that he gained impressive achievements.
D. It was at the age of 20 that he gained impressive achievements.
4. Mary made a great contribution to her husband's success.
A. It is Mary who made a great contribution to her husband's success.
English 11
51
English 11
52
English 11
53
She is so gentle and generous that her teachers and friends adore her. Besides, she is a diligent student who
always gets good marks.
Similar to Tram Anh, Minh is very outgoing and warm-hearted. He enjoys participating in social
activities, such as blood donation and environmental protection campaigns. He is quite talkative and
humorous, so he is sometimes regarded as a class clown who always makes others laugh by telling jokes and
pretending to do silly things. His jokes, however, sometimes annoy his friends. He also receives many
compliments from teachers for being so intelligent and hard-working. He is not only our class's star soccer
player but also a talented amateur singer.
Unlike Tram Anh and Minh, Bich is quite shy in public. At break time, she enjoys staying in the
classroom to finish her homework before going home. Also, she likes the quiet and peaceful atmosphere of the
school library. In her free time, she prefers reading books and helping her mother prepare meals.
Although each of us has different personalities, we share a number of common hobbies and have a lot
of fun together. I find myself lucky to have them as my intimate friends.
Task 1. Answer the following questions by choosing the correct options.
1. How many friends is Huyen Anh talking about?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4
2. What is Huyen Anh like?
A. She is a sociable girl. B. She is quite reserved in public. C. She is talkative.
3. What does Tram Anh look like?
A. She is tall and beautiful.
B. She enjoys helping the poor and the disabled.
C. She is so gentle and generous.
4. Tram Anh and Minh, ____.
A. sing quite well B. are sociable and helpful C. are talkative and humorous
5. What does Bich love doing in her free time?
A. Doing her homework B. Studying in the library C. Reading and helping her mother
Task 2. Decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F).
6. It is hard for Huyen Anh to start the conversation with someone.
7. Tram Anh teaches orphans English on Saturdays.
8. Minh's jokes can be annoying to his friends sometimes.
9. Minh can play soccer very well.
10. Bich never does her homework during break time.
IV. Read the passage and do the task that follows/do the tasks that follow.
Generally, friendship exists for three reasons: virtue; usefulness; or pleasure. When virtue is the reason,
friendship exists for the sake of friendship; where both like each other and cherish each other for some
creditable values in the other's personality. You know that you would even die to swear your friendship for
that person. You also know that the other would make you live than die for him/her regardless of intelligence,
handsomeness, utility or the capability of giving pleasure.
English 11
54
A friendship of the second kind is formed for the practical value of it. How useful so and so is to me?
What can I benefit from him? Will he use his reputation and influence to fetch me a good job? Thus a person
may maintain relationship for practical, professional, and political reasons. However, once we do away with
the usefulness, the friendship eventually dies.
Friendship of the third kind is formed essentially on account of the pleasure the relationship can give.
He is a joker. The moment he enters, you forget all your worries. She is cute, intelligent and charming. The
very notion that she is your friend makes you feel proud. The point rests here: How good is he/she in giving
me pleasure physically, emotionally, mentally and materially?
Now to the question: Which of the three is good? The second type is good, yet since basing on utility,
it falls short of longevity and quality. The third type is good too, but how long one enjoys only pleasure in
life? But the first type, virtue-based friendship is fantastic for this reason: it lasts till the end of this universe.
1. From paragraph 1, we can infer that ____.
A. Real friendship does not count one person's cleverness, appearance, utility and his/her aptitude for
creating fun.
B. You have to die in order to prove your friendship.
C. Personality is not an important factor in choosing a friend.
D. There are two main motives for friendship.
2. Which of the following has the closet meaning to “do away with” in paragraph 2?
A. kill B. escape C. get rid of D. ask for
3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the reading passage?
A. Friendship basing on the capacity for creating pleasure still possesses some uncertainty
B. Friendship requires a lot of patience and efforts from both sides
C. Friendship usually does not last long if it is built on materialistic need
D. Virtue-based friendship's core is a friend's creditable traits in his or her personality
4. Synonym(s) of utility in paragraph 4 can be found in:
A. paragraph 1 B. paragraph 2 C. paragraph 3 D. paragraph 4
5. Which kind of friendship is most unshakable?
A. The first B. The second C. The third D. Not mentioned
D. WRITING
I. Rewrite each sentence with the word in brackets to emphasize the underlined part.
1. We had a wonderful party in the garden. (that)
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
2. Mary is very depressed about the result of the examination. (who)
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
3. The boys play football in the schoolyard every afternoon. (that)
____________________________________________________________________________________
English 11
55
4. The poor girl won first prize in the singing competition. (that)
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
5. My friend gave me a present at my birthday party. (that)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6. We really enjoy doing volunteer work. (that)
____________________________________________________________________________________
7. Hung is in the romantic relationship with Mai. (who)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
8. He bought two houses on Nguyen Trai Street at the age of 25. (that)
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
9. Students usually ask the teacher a lot of interesting questions. (who)
____________________________________________________________________________________
10. My mom is making some cakes for our dinner. (that)
____________________________________________________________________________________
II. Reorder the words to make complete sentences.
1. It/ he/ his/ that/ changed/ father's/ a/ after/ was/ death / lot./ himself
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. going/ to/ am/ I/ the / Tokyo/ that/ in / It/ is/ holiday./ spend
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. USA/ 2008/ got/It/ the / married./ in/ settled/ down/ he/ was/ that/ in/ and
______________________________________________________________________________________
4. that/ It/ mom/ was/ their/ gave / on/ wedding / anniversary / dad/ diamond/ ring./ my/ my/ a
______________________________________________________________________________________
5. some/ It/ in / boyfriend/ me/ took / beautiful/ photos/ my/ was / who/ for/ Japan.
______________________________________________________________________________________
TEST 2
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. lake B. plane C. plan D. state
2. A. tiny B. tiger C. tin D. time
3. A. planet B. animal C. man D. decay
4. A. season B. sometimes C. sea D. stop
5. A. thing B. threaten C. thought D. than
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.
English 11
56
English 11
58
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
1. A. amazing B. charge C. female D. taste
2. A. break B. breath C. thread D. tread
3. A. enough B. plough C. rough D. tough
4. A. believes B. dreams C. girls D. parents
5. A. kissed B. laughed C. looked D. loved
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. campaign B. female C. humour D. partner
English 11
60
23. I was really depressed about his winning the election, like a lot of people.
A. fed up B. pessimistic C. satisfied D. unhappy
24. Miss Walker was a mature lady when she married.
A. annoyed B. childish C. energetic D. sensitive
25. Students are advised to tune out distractions and focus on study.
A. avoid B. forget C. neglect D. regard
26. Don't confess your love to your friends unless you know they feel the same way.
A. admit B. conceal C. declare D. expose
27. Among friends again, we may be happy to confide our innermost secrets.
A. admit B. conceal C. hint D. reveal
28 Most of us, even with every communication option possible, drift apart from friends.
A. be independent B. be associated C. be isolated D. be separated
29. Then the strangest thing happens - Will and Marcus strike up an unusual friendship.
A. cover up B. give up C. make up D. remain
30. He'll give Joe a red rose and a lovey-dovey poem he wrote.
A. lovesick B. romantic C. tragic D. wild
31. Feel free to bring along your significant other to the party.
A. dear B. foe C. mate D. spouse
32. I look up to my father for my whole life.
A. depend on B. disapprove C. disrespect D. underestimate
33. He's a wonderful example of a kind-hearted person with good judgement.
A. inhuman B. tolerant C. generous D. sympathetic
34. The situation seemed hopeless and desperation filled them both with anger.
A. pessimistic B. pointless C. promising D. useless
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
35. I don't know what to say to break the ____ with someone I've just met at the party.
A. air B. ice C. leg D. rule
36. Their close friendship ____ a romantic relationship.
A. brings about B. puts up C. takes over D. turns into
37. It's time I ____ and raised a family.
A. carried on B. grew up C. settled down D. worked out
38. They fell ____ because they disagreed on the care of their young son.
A. apart B. away C. out D. over
39. All the three boys seem to fall ____ over heels in love with her.
A. head B. heart C. mind D. soul
40. She says she has kissed and ____ up with Nigel, and the reunion was a fun night.
A. caught B. done C. made D. took
English 11
62
41. Due to financial conflict over years, they decided to get ____.
A. divorced B. engaged C. married D. proposed
42. Many husbands and wives can't remember why they ever got ____ in the first place because they no longer
have anything in common.
A. divorced B. engaged C. married D. proposed
43. We started ____ out together before we realised we were in love.
A. asking B. eating C. going D. hanging
44. Parents are always willing to lend a sympathetic ____ to their children when they have problems.
A. hand B. ear C. eye D. paw
45. I have a ____ on a classmate who is very near and dear to me.
A. crush B. desire C. flame D. passion
46. Jane arranged for me to go on a/an ____ date with a guy from her office.
A. blind B. group C. online D. speed
47. ____ dating involves couples going out together. It gives you the chance to see how your date interacts
with other people.
A. Blind B. Group C. Online D. Speed
48. If you are lucky, it will be love at first ____.
A. look B. see C. sight D. site
49. When you start dating somebody regularly, we say that you are ____ somebody.
A. knowing B. looking C. seeing D. viewing
50. His youngest daughter was the ____ of his eye.
A. apple B. honey C. sweet D. strawberry
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. What's the matter? You look ____.
A. happily B. sadly C. unhappy D. unhappily
52. I have been very ____ up to this point, but I am going to lose my temper if you don't find my baggage
immediately.
A. impatiently B. impatient C. patient D. patiently
53. You seem more ____ now.
A. relaxed B. relax C. relaxing D. relaxingly
54. These watermelons were ____ sweet.
A. excepting B. exception C. exceptional D. exceptionally
55. The cake tastes ____.
A. good B. goodly C. well D. badly
56. That kitten's fur ____ so soft.
A. looks B. sounds C. smells D. tastes
English 11
63
57. The waves crashed on the shore where they ____ cool on my hot feet.
A. appeared B. felt C. looked D. sounded
58. The milk went ____ within seven days from opening.
A. bad B. badly C. best D. well
59. You can't blame an automaker for wanting to design a car that looks ____, even if it doesn't have what it
takes under the hood.
A. fast B. fastly C. quick D. quickly
60. My darling, you looked ____ in that dress.
A. beauty B. beautify C. beautiful D. beautifully
61. She looked ____ around for a weapon.
A. desperate B. desperating C. desperately D. desperation
62. Nicole grew ____ from the hours of overtime at work. It became quite ____ that she needed a long
vacation.
A. tired/obvious B. tired/obviously C. tiredly/obvious D. tiredly/obviously
63. The young girl sing ____.
A. amazing good B. amazing well C. amazingly good D. amazingly well
64. She said she would become a ____ singer ____.
A. famous/quick B. famous/quickly C. famously/quick D. famously/quickly
65. The skies became ____ as the moon moved between the Earth and the Sun.
A. surprising dark B. surprising darkly C. surprisingly dark D. surprisingly darkly
66. Although my best friend now lives in Da Nang, we still try to keep in touch ____ each other.
A. for B. on C. up to D. with
67. They said it was a great chance to form new friendships and enjoy each other's ____.
A. companion B. companionable C. companionship D. company
68. Terry has been carrying a torch for Liz for years, but she seems not ____.
A. been noticed B. notice C. noticing D. to notice
69. Many parents are worried that their children will get involved ____ a romantic relationship in their teenage
years.
A. for B. in C. on D. with
70. Some people are meant to fall in love ____ each other but not meant to be together.
A. for B. in C. on D. with
71. Healthy relationships allow both partners to feel supported and connected but still feel ____.
A. dependence B. dependent C. depending D. independent
72. Warmth, ____, and understanding should cost nothing in any country.
A. sympathy B. sympathetic C. sympathise D. sympathising
73. Talking to professional counsellors who are trained to help people to process feelings, can be most ____.
A. beneficial B. beneficially C. beneficiary D. benefit
English 11
64
74. If you have feeling for someone, then you have worked up the ____ to ask them out.
A. encourage B. encouragement C. courage D. courageous
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the
following questions.
75. The chef tasted the meat cautious before carefully serving it to his special guest.
A B C D
76. The doctor felt the leg carefully to see if there were any brokenly bones.
A B C D
77. After being closed for a long period of time, the house became dirty and smelled awfully.
A B C D
78. All the members of the committee felt happily about the ultimate decision.
A B C D
79. Sophie has lived in Thailand for several years. She knows the culture very good.
A B C D
80. I feel both excited and nervously because I have got a date with Lara tomorrow.
A B C D
81. The humid weather made it difficultly to enjoy the tropical beach.
A B C D
82. It was a warm and cosy coffee shop in where they had their first date.
A B C D
83. Jerry's parents are not pleased because he does not study hardly and seriously enough.
A B C D
84. I wonder how you felt when you broke up from your ex-girlfriend.
A B C D
85. Most important, I can quickly either start or end an online relationship whenever I want.
A B C D
86. The food was good with reasonable price, but the service was slowly.
A B C D
87. According to Kate's parents' viewpoint, she is never mature enough to be in love.
A B C D
88. It is his dishonesty what I dislike the most.
A B C D
89. My students are not so good at Mathematics but they study English good.
A B C D
90. They are accustomed to share every sorrow and mirth with each other.
A B C D
English 11
65
English 11
66
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
In a healthy relationship, both partners respect, trust and embrace (106) ____ differences. Both partners
are able to communicate (107) ____ their needs and listen to their partner, and work to resolve conflict
in a rational and (108) ____ way. But maintaining a healthy relationship (109) ____ for skills many
young people are never taught. A lack of these skills, and (110) ____ up in a society that sometimes
celebrates violence or in a community that experiences a high (111) ____ of violence, can lead to
unhealthy and even violent relationships among youth.
Dating violence (112) ____ psychological or emotional violence, such as controlling behaviours or
jealousy; physical violence, such as hitting or punching. More than 20 per cent of all adolescents report
having experienced (113) ____ psychological or physical violence from an intimate partner - and
underreporting remains a concern.
Adolescents, (114) ____ older adolescents, often have romantic relationships, which are long-term,
serious, and intimate. Society has a responsibility to provide young people with the resources, skills,
and space (115) ____ to safeguard their physical and emotional well being in these relationships.
Youth-serving professionals, educators, and parents can help young people in need access services to
(116) ____ dating abuse victimisation. Research also has shown that programmes intended to prevent
dating violence can be (117) ____.
106. A. another's B. each another's C. each other's D. one another's
107. A. effective B. effectively C. effectiveness D. ineffective
108. A. non-violent B. violently C. violent D. violence
109. A. asks B. calls C. looks D. requires
110. A. bringing B. growing C. raising D. taking
111. A. amount B. number C. rate D. scale
12. A. comprises B. consists C. contains D. includes
113. A. both B. either C. neither D. whether
114. A. especial B. especially C. special D. specially
115. A. necessitating B. necessarily C. necessary D. necessity
116. A. address B. confess C. deny D. obey
117. A. succeed B. success C. successful D. successfully
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
Let's see if you can correctly answer the following question: At what age are Latter-day Saint youth
allowed to date? Of course, you probably immediately said, "16". OK, then, how about this one: At
what age are you allowed to have a boyfriend or girlfriend? You may be thinking, “Um, 16. Didn't I
just answer that?" Well, if that was your answer, then, even though you aced the first question, you
missed the second one. Just because you can date when you turn 16 doesn't mean you should
immediately start looking for a steady boyfriend or girlfriend.
English 11
67
For decades, prophets have preached that youth who are in no position to marry should not pair off
exclusively. For instance, President Hinckley (1910-2008) said, "When you are young, do not get
involved in steady dating. When you reach an age where you think of marriage, then is the time to
become so involved. But you boys who are in high school don't need this, and neither do the girls”. So
what does this counsel really mean, and what are the reasons for it?
To begin with, there are two different types of dating: casual dating and steady (or serious) dating. The
distinction between the two has to do with exclusivity. With casual dating, there is no exclusivity. The
two people aren't “a couple” or “an item”, and they don't refer to each other as a “boyfriend” or
“girlfriend”. They don't pair off. People who are casually dating are simply friends. This is the kind of
dating the Church encourages you to do after you turn 16. You should put aside a need to find a “one
and only”. If you're dating casually, you don't expect a relationship to become a romance. You have
fun; you do a variety of things with a variety of people. On the other hand, steady dating means the
couple is exclusive with one another. They expect each other not to date anyone else or to be
emotionally or physically close with other people. Couples who date seriously consider the future,
because there is a real possibility they could stay together. This is the kind of dating the Church
encourages young adults (generally, people in their 20s) to progress toward, because that's the age
when they should be thinking of marrying.
You should avoid becoming exclusive as teenagers, because an exclusive relationship requires a high
level of commitment from both partners, and you're not in a position to make that kind of commitment
as teens – neither emotionally, physically, nor in terms of your future plans. As President Boyd K.
Packer, President of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, has said to youth, “Avoid steady dating.
Steady dating is courtship, and surely the beginning of courtship ought to be delayed until you have
emerged from your teens”.
118. It can be inferred from the first paragraph that ____.
A. dating doesn't mean having exclusive boyfriend or girlfriend
B. teenagers are supposed to have a steady boyfriend or girlfriend
C. teenagers date as many boyfriends or girlfriends as they can
D. young people shouldn't be allowed to date at 16
119. The word “aced” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. gave up B. misled C. succeeded in D. understood
120. According to the passage, what is NOT true about casual dating?
A. You can be friend with each other. B. You don't pair off exclusively.
C. You find your "one and only”. D. You meet different kinds of people.
121. It is stated in the passage that steady dating ____.
A. includes a variety of things with a variety of people
B. is courtship that you ought to have in your teens
C. requires hardly any commitment
D. suits people who are in their 20s
122. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. At what age are young people allowed to date?
English 11
68
English 11
69
A. more than 1500 B. more than 750 C. about 150 D. about 300
126. The words “systematic" in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. efficient B. fixed C. flexible D. insecure
127. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Consummate love has higher levels of passion than companionate love.
B. Less than 20 million people visited dating websites in 2007.
C. Many members of match.com have found love.
D. Men are more likely to find their ideal partner online than women.
128. The word “imperative” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. crucial B. minor C. optional D. useless
129. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Many couples got married within 12 months since their first meeting.
B. Men were more likely to visit dating websites than women.
C. The number of single people in Britons reduced owing to online dating.
D. Many people had a long-term relationship through online dating.
130. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. Internet does in fact encourage old-fashioned courtship.
B. Online dating - a good way of meeting people.
C. Online dating is showed to help you find your perfect partner.
D. The revolution of online dating is alarming.
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
131. I have to take the responsibility.
A. It's I am that responsible. B. It is I who am responsible.
C. It is me who am responsible. D. It's that me is responsible.
132. It was her story that made me cry.
A. I was made crying by her story. B. I was made to cry by her story.
C. Her story made me crying. D. Her story made me to cry.
133. It is unlikely that he will come on time.
A. He is unlikely to come early. B. It is likely that he will not come too late.
C. It looks as if he will come late. D. It seems that he will come lately.
134. He became successful as a professional writer at the age of 20.
A. He did not succeed as a professional writer until he was 20.
B. He did not write professionally until he succeeded at the age of 20.
C. He succeeded as a professional writer until he was 20.
D. He wrote professionally until he became successful at the age of 20.
English 11
70
A. GRAMMAR
1. To-infinitives after adjectives
* Form 1: Noun/ Pronoun + linking verb + adjective + to -infinitive
Chúng ta dùng động từ nguyên mẫu có "to" sau một số tính từ để miêu tả cảm xúc của ai đó liên quan
đến hành động được diễn tả, tức là "ai đó thấy thế nào khi làm gì đó".
Các tính từ được sử dụng trong cấu trúc này là:
English 11
73
Bài 2: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words from the box.
Bài 3: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words from the box.
fortunate reluctant relieved surprised afraid eager careful upset
English 11
74
1. He was very not to say anything about the divorce to his mother.
2. She was rather to hear I had broken her favourite vase.
3. She's very to move to another city when she has so many friends here.
4. He was very to find out that he didn't have to go to court.
5. We were very to see him at the hotel with his secretary.
6. She was to start work as soon as possible.
7. I was very to have had parents who gave me a lot of encouragement.
8. I'm to go in there; you know what he's like.
Bài 4: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words from the box.
unhappy ashamed able due angry unable
1. Mark was very to discover that his wife was having an affair.
2. They were very to learn that their daughter was in trouble.
3. The report is to be published next week.
4. It's great! We were to find a real holiday bargain.
5. I am to say that I can't remember your name.
6. We regret we are to extend your overdraft.
English 11
de
de
sion to drop
e to get
75
offer to help
plan to move
opportunity to improve
Bài 6: Complete the sentences using the given phrases in the box.
Bài 7: Rewrite the sentences, using the nouns in brackets and a to -infinitive phrase.
1. I know how to deal with the problem. (way)
I know .
2. It's surprising that Mai can speak five foreign languages. (ability)
Mai's .
3. The students were not allowed to use materials in the examination room. (permission)
The students couldn't .
He tried very hard to overcome difficulties and that makes us surprised. (effort) His .
4. We didn't know that Mark was going to change his job. (plan)
We didn't know .
5. That she decided to participate in the contest surprised all of us. (decision)
Her .
English 11
76
Lisa
Bài 10: Fill in the blank with the correct form of the given words (use n/adj+ to V)
1. I am the result of the exam too late, (disappointment, receive)
2. It is important for you confidence in yourself, (having)
3. Her the secret causes a lot of trouble for her. (fail, kept)
4. It was her abroad that inspires her to study hard, (motivate, lived)
5. Mary is one of the most excellent students in her class, (happiness, became)
6. It is (luck, have) good friends.
7. Her competitor is not good, which increases her the champion, (chance, became)
8. It is rude of him when his mouth is full of food, (speaker)
Bài 11: Rewrite the following sentences using "noun/ adj + to V" and the given words in brackets.
1. Lan is excited that she wins the first prize in the competition. (excited)
.
2. My wife was very surprised when she heard that I had won a lottery. (surprised)
.
3. I was very happy that I met my old friends again. (happy)
.
4. He is determined that he can find the best solution to this problem. (determined)
.
5. The room needs cleaning by Ms. Brown this afternoon. (necessary)
.
6. She finds it interesting to study and listen to music at the same time. (interesting)
.
Bài 12: Rewrite the following sentences using "noun + to V" and the given words in brackets.
1. They want to beat US, but that seems unrealistic. (goal)
.
2. Tim always tries hard to finish his homework on time. (effort)
.
3. Nobody knew that she had always wanted to become a teacher. (dream)
.
4. She has a lot of friends because she's willing to help others unconditionally. (because of, willingness)
.
5.She decided to take part in the contest. (decision)
.
Test1
A. PHONETICS
English 11
78
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. few B. new C. threw D. knew
2. A. weight B. height C. eight D. vein
3. A. wanted B. helped C. wicked D. naked
4. A. intermediate B. immediate C. medium D. medicine
5. A. uncertain B. unbeatable C. unanimous D. undone
6. A. shield B. cement C. executive D. spill
7. A. hasty B. nasty C. tasty D. wastage
8. A. prestige B. village C. advantage D. heritage
9. A. scheme B. parachute C. architect D. psychology
10. A. visit B. site C. invite D. decide
II. Choose the word which is different from the other in the position of primary stress.
1. A. sovereignty B. edition C. advantage D. enrichment
2. A. commit B. open C. index D. preview
3. A. candidate B. habitat C. wilderness D. attendance
4. A. recipe B. candidate C. instrument D. commitment
5. A. conceal B. contain C. converse D. conquer
6. A. integral B. terrific C. museum D. cathedral
7. A. architectural B. cosmopolitan C. appreciative D. archeologist
8. A. compulsory B. compliment C. methodical D. certificate
9. A. endanger B. catastrophe C. opponent D. vulnerable
10. A. economics B. engineering C. information D. geography
III. Choose the word whose part of speech is different from the others.
1. A. accurate B. approach C. communicate D. contribute
2. A. enquire B. enroll C. expense D. approach
3. A. foolish B. entrance C. motivated D. overcome
4. A. priority B. motivated C. time management D. expense
5. A. protective B. prioritize C. overcome D. enquire
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR
I. Match words with their definitions.
1. sell-discipline A. the belief and confidence in your own ability and value
2. self-esteem B. the ability to make yourself do what you know you should do although you do
not want to do
3. self-reliant C. doing everything on your own without others' help
4. assignment D. a task or piece of work that somebody is given to do
5. reliability E. a choice you make after thinking and talking about what is the best thing to do
6. decision F. the quality of being able to be trusted to do what somebody wants or needs
II. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in the brackets.
English 11
79
1. Being too ___________________ on his mother makes me have a bad impression on him.
(INDEPENDENT)
2. She is ____________________________ to become a director of that company. (DETERMINATION)
3. You should think it over before making that ____________________________. (DECIDE)
4. My ___________________________ for this girl grows daily. (ADMIRE)
5. Before watching TV. I must finish all of these __________________________. (ASSIGN)
6. Family plays an important role in establishing children's ___________________________. (ESTEEM )
7. How can you know that he is a ____________________________ man? (RELIABILITY)
III. Choose the best answer.
1. In order to have a great essay, you should look for useful information from ____ sources.
A. well informed B. reliable C. determined
2. My cousin is a very ____ person because he has a lot of knowledge about current topics and particular
situations.
A. determined B. decisive C. well-informed
3. She is the most ____ woman in the world I have ever known. When she makes a firm decision to do
something, she will never give up or let someone prevent her.
A. determined B. independent C. accurate
4. Being ____ is a vital skill for people who want to take more control of their lives and reach their goal on
their own.
A. independent B. decisive C. reliable
5. The teacher ____ a different task to each student at the beginning of the term.
A. assigned B. admired C. reminded
6. Many teenagers ____ heavily on their parents, so they cannot live independently.
A. admire B. rely C. decide
7. Your education background is a ____ factor for your future career.
A. motivated B. well-informed C. decisive
IV. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions.
1. It's time for you to stop relying ____ your parents.
A. on B. in C. at
2. She strives ____ a balance between studies and relationships.
A. on B. at C. for
3. Aptitude and motivation contribute enormously ____ the success of learning a language.
A. to B. in C. for
4. Yoga and meditation help to improve the ability to cope ____ stress and anxiety.
A. about B. with C. for
5. That situation placed me ____ a loss, which I will never forget.
A. on B. in C. at
6. He must have suffered ____ flu for a long time.
A. from B. at C. in
V. Complete the sentences using the given words/ phrases.
enroll approaching expense enquired
English 11
80
English 11
81
English 11
82
English 11
83
first. This way, you may not be at a loss to deal with too much work at the same time. Thirdly, develop
routines because routines, when established, take less time for you to do your tasks.
Time management skills are not hard to develop; once you master them, you will find out that they are
great keys to success and you can become independent.
Task 1. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given.
1. Not only young people try to be independent.
2. People will be independent when they are mature.
3. Time-management is the only thing you need to be independent.
4. Teenagers can have more confidence and self-esteem when they are good at managing their time.
5. Good time-management can help teenagers get better grades at school.
Task 2. Choose the best answers for the following questions.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Young people need a lot of life skills to be independent.
B. Teenagers can have more confidence and self-esteem if they have good time-management skills.
C. Mastering time-management skills can bring many benefits and there are three steps to develop
them.
2. Which of the following is not mentioned as benefits of good time-management?
A. Be more confident and self-esteemed.
B. Complete the daily tasks with the best result.
C. Get better grades at school and have more time for other activities.
3. How can you prioritize your activities?
A. Make schedule for things you need to do.
B. Concentrate on the most urgent and important tasks first.
C. Try to establish routines.
4. What does the word accomplish mean?
A. Complete B. Involve C. Duty
5. What is the author's viewpoint on developing time-management skills?
A. It's hard but you can master it well.
B. It's very challenging to build.
C. It's easier to master than people think.
II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
reasonable confidence independent Encourage alone
complete worth set giving reward
Helping your child to become an independent learner One of the most important learning skills you can
help your child to develop is to become an (1.) __________________ learner. Children who are more
independent learners tend to have more self-confidence and have a greater sense that they are in control of
their learning. Encouraging independent learning can happen from a young age, but it can be hard for parents
who are not trained teachers to know when they are (2.) __________________ too much help and when they
are not giving enough. If you regularly help your child with their homework, there are a few simple steps you
can take to help your child become more independent learners.
English 11
84
✓Help your child to answer the first question or two in an activity then allow them to do the next ones
by themselves. (3.) ___________________ them to get the answer themselves, but if they are struggling it
may help them to point out how you would find the answer.
✓ Negotiate a time limit on how long they think it will take them to finish the rest of the activity to
help them stay focused on their work. Perhaps even (4.) __________________ a timer on your phone and
encourage them to 'race' the clock. The time limit should be (5.) __________________ so that children can
complete the activity with neat writing.
✓If your child is used to your presence when they (6.) __________________ their homework,
gradually move away from them over a period of time. Helping them to start their homework and then moving
to sit nearby but not with them while they finished can give them the comfort of you being there but encourage
them to complete the work by themselves. Over time you can put more distance between you until they are
able to work (7.) ____________________ while you are able to get on with other things you might need to do.
✓ Set aside time after your child has finished their homework to spend some time alone and focused
on them. You could play a game together or read a story. It's a good (8.) __________________ for having
finished their work by themselves. Most importantly, be firm. If your child won't try to work independently or
is fussing over something that they can do quite easily when you are there, let them know that you have (9.)
_____________________ in their ability to do it by themselves but you won't help them unless they really
need it. It can be hard to say ‘no, but it is (10.) ___________________ seeing them become more confident
and self-assured as learners and people.
III. Read through the text below, answer the questions below.
Scottish Independence The majority of people in Scotland are in favour breaking away from the rest of
the UK and becoming independent, according to a poll taken just before the 300th anniversary of the Act of
Union, which united Scotland and England.
A pair of Acts of Parliament, passed in 1706 and 1707 that came into effect on May 1, 1707, created
Great Britain. The parliaments of both countries were dissolved, and replaced by a new Parliament of Great
Britain in Westminster, London.
The poll showed support for independence for Scotland is running at 51%. This is the first time since
1998 that support for separation has passed 50%, and the first time since devolution gave power to the country
in 1999. Six months before elections for the Scottish Parliament, these poll results come as good news to the
Scottish Nationalist Party, who are hoping to make progress against Labour and further the cause of an
independent Scotland.
Many people have become disillusioned with devolution, and believe that the Scottish Parliament has
failed to deliver what they had hoped it would; only a tenth have no opinion. In fact, only 39% of those polled
want to keep things as they are.
1. Scotland and England ____.
A. have always been united. B. want to break up the union.
C. have been united for a long time. D. were united by war.
2. Great Britain ____.
A. was formed by an Act of Parliament in 1706.
B. was formed by two Acts of Parliament in 1707.
C. was formed by an Act of Parliament that came into effect on May 1st 1707.
D. was formed by Acts of Parliament that came into effect on May 1st 1707.
3. People who want indepence for Scotland ____.
A. are the vast majority. B. are in the minority.
English 11
85
English 11
86
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
10. Mark always tries to finish his homework on time. (attempt)
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
II. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meaning, using the given words.
1. It's a long time since he last called me.
He hasn't
____________________________________________________________________________
2. When did he get the job?
How long ago
________________________________________________________________________
3. I advise you to book a table in advance.
If I
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. I don't want to tell them the secret.
I would rather
________________________________________________________________________
5. If I improved my English speaking skill, I would easily get that job.
Were
_______________________________________________________________________________
6. We wanted to get good seats so we arrived early.
In order
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. It took her nearly an hour to do the crossword.
She spent
___________________________________________________________________________
8. The policeman made him confess after three days.
He was
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. Nga finds Maths easier than Physics.
Physics is not
________________________________________________________________________
10. I advise you to see a doctor.
You ought
___________________________________________________________________________
III. Write these sentences in another way beginning as shown.
1. It's difficult to understand him.
He is difficult to understand.
2. It's easy to use this machine.
This machine is
_______________________________________________________________________
English 11
87
4. I _____________________________________ that your mother isn't well. I hope she gets better soon.
TEST 2
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. adopt B. involve C. stroll D. follow
2. A. exist B. mind C. inspire D. provide
3. A refusal B. music C. student D. studying
4. A. lecturer B. medium C. inventor D. president
5. A teach B. cheer C. characterize D. watch
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.
1. A. actor B. commit C. fashion D. motion
2. A. education B. industrial C. intelligent D. traditional
3. A. industry B. refugee C. magazine D. Japanese
4. A. freedom B. contact C. furnish D. disturb
5. A. independence B. impractical C. education D. entertainment
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best options to complete the following sentences.
1. We could not ____ my kid in that course because the class was full.
A. send B. enroll C. afford D. interact
2. All members in my family share the ____.
A. homework B. norm C. objection D. housekeeping
3. The new chairman's policy ____ much to the development of our city.
A. outweighs B. works out C. contributes D. breaks up
4. Those who have strong ____ skills are able to get on well with most types of people.
A. personal B. interpersonal C. matchmaking D. potential
5. An example of ____ is when a child doesn't need anyone to remind him of what to do.
A. self-discipline B. self-esteem C. self-employment D. self-educated
II. Complete the following sentences using the given words.
confident relationship independent reconciled argument
1. They had a/an ______________________________ life, so they can decide everything on their own.
2. Before breaking up, Mai Anh and Nam had a serious ___________________________.
3. We cannot be ______________________ because he can't forgive me for my fault.
4. It's very important to teach students to become ______________________ and strong-willed.
5. Getting involved in a romantic ___________________ does not sound right for you now. You are too
young.
III. Choose the options that best fit the blanks.
1. According to the doctor's advice, April ____ overuse antibiotics and stay up after midnight.
A. should B. must C. shouldn't D. oughtn't
2. It ____ my carelessness that caused me a lot of problems in my life and my work.
English 11
89
English 11
90
2. Most people choose to go to university after finishing high school instead of starting to work.
A. True B. False C. Not given
3. If a person wants to become a physician, going to university is the best choice.
A. True B. False C. Not given
4. If someone only thinks of obtaining a degree as a privilege in the job market, they can land a job and take
evening classes to gain qualifications.
A. True B. False C. Not given
5. The writer knows some people get a job after graduating from high school and then come back to their
studies later in their lives.
A. True B. False C. Not given
D. WRITING
I. Complete the letter by choosing the appropriate word.
take to help to visit unchanged pay homage to
Dear Barbara, I'm so glad to hear about your plan (1) __________________ Vietnam this summer
vacation and your eagerness to know about some general family rules for teenagers in Vietnam. I've just told
my parents about your forthcoming trip, and they said they are very happy to welcome you to our house.
About some Vietnamese family rules for teens, I think that there are three most crucial ones that family
members, especially teenagers are expected to follow.
First of all, respecting the elderly is the most noticeable family tradition or value. From early ages,
children are taught to (2) __________________ their parents and other older people. Parents themselves set
good examples for their children by looking after their old-aged parents and providing them with both
financial and emotional support.
Secondly, it's expected that adolescents help their parents around with the housework and other home
duties. Teens can help cook meals, do the washing up, tidy up the house or (3) ____________________ care
of younger siblings. Those who live in the countryside are sometimes required to work on the farm with their
parents to support the family.
Last but not least, children are supposed to perform well at school. Most Vietnamese people believe
that education is the only weapon to combat poverty and change a person's life, so parents want their children
to study hard in the hope of a bright future. Then children may have a better chance (4) _________________
their parents in return.
Life is changing day by day, and family rules are changing as well. However, in my view, the three
mentioned rules remain (5) __________________in our culture. I hope this information is useful to you. If
you have any questions, please let me know.
I look forward to seeing you in Vietnam!
Lots of love, Gia Han
II. Rewrite each sentence without changing its meaning, using the given word(s)in brackets.
1. Tim doesn’t have to agree with everything his parents say. (It, necessary)
______________________________________________________________________________________
2. My parents always refuse to allow me to stay out late. (never, let)
______________________________________________________________________________________
3. She has a lot of friends because she’s willing to help others unconditionally. (because of, willingness)
Test 3
English 11
91
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
1. A. lake B. bay C. cane D. lack
2. A. lurk B. luck C. but D. putt
3. A. stopped B. expected C. finished D. faced
4. A. thoughtful B. threaten C. therefore D. thin
5. A. grease B. sympathy C. horse D. rose
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. reliable B. independent C. responsible D. decisiveness
7. A. difficult B. confident C. critical D. important
8. A. permission B. well-informed C. activity D. effective
9. A. routine B. problem C. lonely D. hygiene
10. A. laundry B. punish C. depend D. reason
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. When getting into troubles, Jack never ____ on other people for help. He always solves them on his own.
A. determines B. influences C. relies D. manages
12. He suffered ____ serious depression after losing his beloved pet.
A. in B. from C. with D. for
13. It was essential for him to be financially ____ of his parents, so he decided to find a part-time job.
A. dependent B. independent C. dependable D. undependable
14. Thanks to many investors, my dream to set up my own trading company came ____.
A. exactly B. real C. right D. true
15. His dedication to the educational charity was truly ____.
A. admirable B. reliable C. critical D. disapproving
16. The director informed that no candidates ____ all the criteria for the administrative position.
A. completed B. fulfilled C. achieved D. suited
17. ____ time-management skill is a core requirement for this job.
A. Solving B. Adapting C. Developing D. Mastering
18. I was encouraged to ____ for the grandest prize in the dancing competition.
A. try B. strive C. reach D. achieve
19. We're punished for not submitting our outline on time as the task ____ was too difficult.
A. assigned B. done C. taken D. reminded
20. That Tom is ____ of finishing the research project prior to the deadline satisfied our manager.
A. able B. skillful C. capable D. talented
English 11
92
21. We've divided the group report into three parts and you're ____ for the conclusion one.
A. responsible B. irresponsible C. response D. responsive
22. You should make a list of things to do and ____ them if you want to work effectively.
A. do B. arrange C. prioritise D. approach
23. Despite my parents' disagreement, I'm ____ to drop out of university and establish my own business.
A. determined B. confident C. successful D. All are correct
24. He ____ me about the lecture yesterday. Otherwise, I would have missed it completely.
A. demanded B. approached C. said D. reminded
25. The government must take ____ action against environmental pollution.
A. important B. unstable C. decisive D. soft
26. When being assigned difficult exercises, Lan always ____ to complete them without any help from her
teacher.
A. wants B. manages C. desires D. Finds
27. Our enterprise is seeking for candidates who are ____ and hard-working.
A. reliant B. reliance C. unreliable D. reliable
28. ____ communication skill plays an important role in career success.
A. Personal B. Individual C. Interpersonal D. Interactive
29. In spite of being the new resident in this area, he always tries to ____ with his neighbours.
A. catch up B. go in C. put up D. get along well
30. If you choose to study abroad, you have to live ____ from home.
A. on B. away C. in D. up
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
31. I'm totally exhausted after having finished successive assignments in only a week.
A. Jobs B. works C. exercises D. problems
32. He is truly a reliable friend. He will always be with me and never let me down.
A. mean B. independent C. decisive D. dependable
33. At last, Huong made a determined effort to get a scholarship so that he could have chance to study
overseas.
A. tenacious B. serious C. unresolved D. necessary
34. In spite of poverty and dreadful conditions, they still manage to keep their self-respect.
A. self-reliant B. self-restraint C. self-esteem D. self-assured
35. All students are revising carefully, for the final test is approaching soon.
A. going fast B. reaching fast C. coming near D. getting near
36. John is an admirable person as he isn't influenced by other people's opinions when making decision to do
something.
A. relied B. impacted C. decided D. assigned
English 11
93
English 11
94
English 11
95
English 11
96
A B C D
88. We only have 5 minutes left, Peter. There's no need dressing up.
A B C D
89. Unless you keep a map, you're sure get lost in the city.
A B C D
90. This adventure game is not suitable for children not to play because they're too small.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. 91. “What does your younger sister look like?” – “____”
A. She likes a secondary student. B. My sister is a university student.
C. She's very kind and hard working. D. She's tall and thin with long hair.
92. “Could I leave a message for your manager?” – “____”
A. Sure. B. Of course not. C. He's busy now. D. He's off work today.
93. “How often do you have your teeth checked?” – “____”
A. Two months. B. Not much. C. Rarely. D. They're checked carefully.
94. "Many happy returns!” –“____”
A. Wish you all the best. B. Thanks. C. Same to you. D. Not at all.
95. “How long have you learnt Japanese?” – “____”
A. For 2005. B. I learnt it at my university.
C. Since I was 10. D. It lasted 3 months.
96. "Is it going to rain tomorrow?” – “____”
A. I think not. B. I bet. C. Just a moment. D. I don't hope so.
97. "You look very pretty in this dress." – “____”
A. It's so nice of you to say that. B. Yes, it is fairly expensive.
C. I see what you mean. D. Thanks for your wish.
98. “Huy hasn't finished his assignment, has he?" – “____”
A. Yes, he has. He hasn't finished it yet. B. Yes, he hasn't. He's too lazy.
C. No, he has in spite of being a good student. D. No, he hasn't because of his illness.
99. “When will our factory be expanded?” – “____”
A. It was expanded in 1996. B. It depends on our director's decision.
C. I didn't hear about it. D. That's good news.
100. “You're late again, Peter.” – “____”
A. It's none of your business. B. Only 5 minutes left.
C. I'm sorry. My car was broken this morning. D. I expect not to be fired.
101. “I'm meeting some friends for a meal in town tomorrow. Fancy joining us?” – “____”
English 11
97
English 11
98
English 11
99
English 11
100
English 11
101
English 11
102
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
UNIT 4. CARING FOR THOSE IN NEED
Quan tâm đến những người cần sự giúp đỡ
1.access /ˈækses/(v): tiếp cận, sử dụng
+ accessible /əkˈsesəbl/ (adj): có thể tiếp cận, sử dụng
2. barrier /ˈbæriə(r)/(n): rào cản, chướng ngại vật
3. blind /blaɪnd/(adj): mù, không nhìn thấy được
4. campaign /kæmˈpeɪn/(n): chiến dịch
5. care /keə(r)/ (n, v): (sự) chăm sóc, chăm nom
6. charity /ˈtʃærəti/ (n): hội từ thiện
7. cognitive /ˈkɒɡnətɪv/(a): liên quan đến nhận thức
8. coordination /kəʊˌɔːdɪˈneɪʃn/(n): sự hợp tác
9. deaf /def/(a): điếc, không nghe được
10. disability /ˌdɪsəˈbɪləti/(n): sự ốm yếu, tàn tật
11. disable /dɪsˈeɪbl/(n,a): không có khả năng sử dụng chân tay, tàn tật
12. discrimination/dɪˌskrɪmɪˈneɪʃn/ (n): sự phân biệt đối xử
13. disrespectful /ˌdɪsrɪˈspektfl/(a): thiếu tôn trọng
14. donate /dəʊˈneɪt/(v): quyên góp, tặng
15. dumb /dʌm/ (a): câm, không nói được
16. fracture /ˈfræktʃə(r)/ (n): (chỗ) gãy (xương)
17. healthcare /ˈhelθ keə(r)/(a): với mục đích chăm sóc sức khỏe
18. hearing /ˈhɪərɪŋ/(n): thính giác, nghe
19. impaired /ɪmˈpeəd/(a): bị làm hỏng, bị làm suy yếu
+ impairment /ɪmˈpeəmənt/ (n): sự suy yếu, hư hại, hư hỏng
20. independent /ˌɪndɪˈpendənt/(a): độc lập, không phụ thuộc
21. integrate /ˈɪntɪɡreɪt/ (v): hòa nhập, hội nhập
22. involve /ɪnˈvɒlv/ (v): để tâm trí vào việc gì
23. mobility /məʊˈbɪləti/(n): tính lưu động, di động
24. physical /ˈfɪzɪkl/(a): thuộc về cơ thể, thể chất
25. solution /səˈluːʃn/ (n): giải pháp, cách giải quyết
26. suffer /ˈsʌfə(r)/ (v): trải qua hoặc chịu đựng ( cái gì khó chịu)
27. support /səˈpɔːt/ (n, v): (sự) ủng hộ, khuyến khích
29. talent /ˈtælənt/ (n):tài năng, người có tài
Grammar :
1.The past simple tense (Thì quá khứ đơn)
a. Cấu trúc (Form)
English 11
103
2. The present perfect simple tense (Thì hiện tại hoàn thành)
a. Cấu trúc (Form)
She has bought this house. She hasn't bought this house. Has she bought this house?
b.Cách dùng (use)
Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và hoàn thành ở một thời điểm không xác định trong quá khứ. (actions
completed at an unspecific time in the past)
E.g: She has traveled around the world. (Cô ấy đã đi du lịch khắp thế giới.)
English 11
104
- Diễn tả hành động đã hoàn thành rồi nhưng kết quả vẫn còn ở hiện tại (completed actions with a result
in the present)
E.g: Look! He has dyed his hair red. (Nhìn kìa! Anh ta đã nhuộm tóc thành màu đỏ.)
- Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và còn tiếp tục đến hiện tại (actions that started in the past
and have continued until now)
E.g: I have learnt/ learned English for 15 years. (Tôi đã học tiếng Anh được 15 năm rồi.)
- Diễn tả hành động xảy ra tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ nhưng vào thời điểm nói hành động
đó vẫn chưa hoàn thành (actions at a specified time which are not complete at the time of speaking)
→ Cách dùng này thường gặp với trạng từ thời gian như this morning/ afternoon,...
E.g: I have read four books so far this morning.
- Diễn tả một hành động lặp lại nhiều lần cho đến thời điểm hiện tại, chúng ta thường thấy các từ đi kèm
ở cách dùng này như sau:
Several times/hours/days/weeks/months/years, etc
E.g: I have watched this film several times.
Note:
- Sau cấu trúc so sánh hơn nhất ta dùng thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
It is the most interesting book that I have ever read.
- Sau cấu trúc: This/It is the first/second... time, phải dùng thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
This is the first time I have eaten this kind of food.
b. Time phrases (Các cụm từ thời gian)
Các từ/ cụm từ thời gian thường gặp trong thì này như:
- already (đã ...rồi), never (chưa bao giờ), ever (đã từng), yet (chưa), just (vừa mới), (cho đến bây giờ),
recently (gần đây), lately (gần đây),
- so far/ up to now/ up to present (cho tới bây giờ), in / over + the past/ last + thời gian: trong.....qua
- for + khoảng thời gian (for 2 days: trong khoảng 2 ngày)
- since + mốc thời gian: kể từ.. . .(since 2000: từ năm 2000)
Nếu sau "since" là một mệnh đề thì mệnh đề trước since ta chia thì hiện tại hoàn thành còn mệnh đề sau
since chia thì quá khứ đơn.
E.g: I have taught English since I graduated from University.
* Vị trí của các trạng từ trong thì hiện tại hoàn thành:
- already, never, ever, just: sau "have/ has" và đứng trước động từ phân từ II.
- already: cũng có thể đứng cuối câu.
- yet: đứng cuối câu, và thường được sử dụng trong câu phủ định và nghi vấn.
- so far, recently, lately, up to present, up to this moment, in/ over + the past/ last + thời gian: Có thể
đứng đầu hoặc cuối câu.
E.g: have bought this house recently. (Gần đây tôi đã mua ngôi nhà này.)
Bài 2: Are the underlined parts of the sentences right or wrong? Correct them where necessary.
1. Here's some news! Tim's closed his store. OK
2. I don't have my bike right now. I've lent it to Alex.
3. Where has Richard gone to school as a child?
4. Who has made the first TV?
5. Corruption has become a big issue in Brazil.
6. His math book isn't here. He's forgotten it at school.
7. My great grandfather has worked in a paper mill.
8. The internet has gone down so I can't send emails.
9. Elvis has been the singer who has sold many albums in the past.
9. I've been living here (since/ for/ in) the end of last year.
10. Have you eaten Chinese food (before/ already)?
Bài 6: Choose the best answer in brackets (either the past simple or present perfect tense).
1. Did you like the cartoon "Tom and Jerry"? I (did not see/ haven't seen) it yet.
2. Tom is a very close friend of mine. We (know/ have known) each other for years.
3. Do you know what time Lisa (left/ has left) the office?
4. You (were/have been) lateforworktoomanytimesthisyear. If you're not careful, you will be sacked.
5. I (had/ have had) a few financial problems last year but this year things are getting better.
6. We had a foreign friend from Thailand who (never saw/ has never seen) the sea so we're taking him to
a beach this weekend.
7. Since I started working here I (became/ have become) more experienced at dealing with problems.
8. I can't remember the last time I (went/ have been) to the cinema.
Bài 7: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense.
1. "How long have you lived here?" "I (live) here since 2000."
2. He lived in London for two years and then he (go) to Edinburgh.
3. (you/see) the moon last night?
4. Shakespeare (write) a lot of plays.
5. My brother (write) several books. He has just finished his latest.
6. I (not see) him for five years. I wonder where he is.
English 11
107
English 11
108
English 11
109
Vietnam lately.
5. Vina Capital Foundation's Heartbeat Vietnam (A) has performed 5,000 free heart (B) surgery for kids
(C) across the country (D) for the last ten years.
6. A Hoi An-based charity organisation (A) gave free milk to (B) poor, ailing, and (C) disabled children
in the central province of Quang Nam (D) on last Wednesday.
7. Although Marie Curie had (A) very little money (B) to live on, (C) but she went to Paris to realise her
dream of (D) a scientific career.
8. Albert Einstein, (A) the father of modern physics, could not read until he (B) was eight, but that (C)
hasn't stopped him (D) from becoming one of the greatest scientists of our time
Bài 11: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense.
1. Tim: How many times (you/try) to pass your driving test?
Mike: Three times so far.
2. When (you/go) to Ho Chi Minh City?
3. You look different, (you/have) a haircut?
4. I (not/see) David at all this week. I don't even know where he is.
5. Tim: (you/speak) to Peter yet?
Mike: Not yet.
6. When (you/start) your job?
7. I (move) house three times in the last five years.
8. My sister (be) to New York three times and she's going again next month.
9. The US President (be) in our country last year.
10. He (visit) this village three times in the last two years.
Bài 12: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense.
1. I (have) a problem with my computer yesterday.
2. We (already see) that movie, but I will go with you again if you want me to.
3. We (be) in Tim's room when the storm (begin).
4. I (not begin) my homework yet.
5. He (not sleep) for three nights, even though he (go) to bed early yesterday
evening.
6. My father (never forget) my birthday.
7. They (travel) around the world last summer.
8. They (decide) this at a meeting some days ago.
English 11
110
Bài 13: Fill in the blank using either the Present Perfect or the Simple Past.
Last week I (meet) an old lady called Brown. She (be) eighty-two. She
(be) a beggar. She (talk) to me and I (hear) the story of her
entire life. I (feel) so sad when she (finish) it that I almost (cry). As
I (feel) sorry for her, I (give) Brown some money.
This morning something wonderful and amazing (happen) to me. I (meet)
Brown again, but, my goodness, she (be) different. She told me the following.
Since you (give) me that money my life (change) completely. With the money
you (give) me I (buy) a lottery ticket and I (win). I (buy) myself a
house where I'm living now. I (just buy) some new clothes, a TV set... you can't imagine how
happy I am!
I (be) so astonished that I couldn't even say a word. I (follow) her and ...
surprise! She had bought me a yellow Ferrari.
Bài 14: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense.
1. A: Did you like the movie "The Lord of the Rings?"
B: I don't know. I (see, never) that movie.
2. Nam (arrive) in New York a week ago.
3. My best friend and I (know) each other for over fifteen years. We still get together once a
week.
4. He is a fantastic writer. He (write) ten very creative short stories in the last year. One day,
he'll be as famous as Hemingway.
5. I (have, not) this much fun since I (be) a kid.
6. Things (change) a great deal at this company. When we first _ (start) working here three
years ago, the company (have, only) ten employees. Since then, we (expand) to
include more than 2000 full-time workers.
7. I (tell) him to stay on the path while he was hiking, but he (wander) off into
the forest and (be) was bitten by a snake.
8. Listen Daniel, I don't care if you (miss) the bus this morning. You (be) late
for work too many times. You are fired!
9. Mike is from Colorado, which is hundreds of miles from the coast, so he (see, never) the
ocean. He should come with us to Miami.
English 11
111
10. How sad! Mr. David (dream) of going to California before he died, but he didn't make it.
He (see, never) the ocean.
11. In the last hundred years, traveling (become) much easier and very comfortable. In the
19th century, it (take) two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon. The
trip (be) very rough and often dangerous. Things (change) a great deal in the last
hundred and fifty years. Now you can fly from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.
12. John, I can't believe how much you (change) since the last time I (see) you.
You (grow) at least a foot!
13. This tree (be) planted by the settlers who (found) our city over four hundred
years ago.
14. This mountain (be, never) climbed by anyone. Several mountaineers (try) to reach
the top, but nobody (succeed, ever) . The climb is extremely difficult and many people (die)
trying to reach the summit.
15. I (visit, never) Africa, but I (travel) to South America several times. The last
time I (go) to South America, I (visit) Brazil and Peru. I (spend) two
weeks in the Amazon, hiked for a week near Machu Picchu, and (fly) over the Nazca Lines.
Test1
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. comfort B. hobby C. knowledge D. popular
2. A. about B. announce C. cough D. shout
3. A. hood B. hook C. stood D. tool
4. A. done B. gone C. mum D. won
5. A. coup B. group C. soup D. tough
6. A. filled B. landed C. suited D. wicked
7. A. cloth B. clothe C. with D. without
8. A. cease B. chase C. increase D. raise
9. A. beds B. doors C. students D. plays
10. A. gypsy B. huge C. piggy D. strange
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.
1. A. silent B. children C. village D. advice
2. A. important B. performance C. silently D. permission
3. A. efficient B. flowery C. flourishing D. gramophone
4. A. inhabitant B. initiate C. engineering D. ingenious
5. A. content B. advice C. promise D. admire
II1. Put the given words into the right group.
English 11
112
English 11
113
English 11
114
1. Mother: I want to prepare dinner. (you/ wash) _________________________________ the dishes yet?
2. Daughter: I (wash) _________________________________ the dishes yesterday, but I (have / not)
_________________________________ the time yet to do it today.
3. Mother: (you/do/yet) _________________________________ your homework _____________?
4. Daughter: No, I (come / just) ___________________________________ home from school.
5. Mother: You (come) _________________________________ home from school two hours ago!
6. Daughter: Well, but my friend Lucy (call) ________________________________ when I (arrive)
________________________________ and I (finish / just) ______________________________ the phone
call.
7. Mother: (you/ see / not) ___________________________________ Lucy at school in the morning?
8. Daughter: Yes, but we (have / not) ________________________________ time to talk then.
XII. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple).
1. I (cycle /just) ________________________________ 50 km.
2. I (cycle) ________________________________ 100 km last week.
3. I (write) _________________________________ an essay yesterday.
4. I (write / already) ________________________________ two essays this term.
5. I (ring/just) ________________________________ my friend.
6. I (ring) ________________________________ my friend 10 minutes ago.
7. Two days ago, I (watch) ________________________________ a Madonna concert on TV.
8. I (see / already) ________________________________ Madonna live in concert.
9. I (spend) ________________________________ my summer holiday in Australia last year.
10. I (be/not) ________________________________ to Australia yet.
XIII. Put the verbs into the correct tense in the following dialogue (simple past or present perfect
simple).
1. A: (you / be / ever) _____________________________ to London?
2. B: Yes, I (be) _____________________________ there three times.
3. A: When (be) _____________________________ the last time you (be) _______________________ there?
4. B: Last summer. I (spend) _____________________________ two weeks in Brighton with my parents and
we (go) ____________________________ to London one weekend.
5. (you/ like) _____________________________ it?
6. Oh yes. We really (have) _____________________________ a great time in London.
7. Lucky you! I (be / never) ______________________________ to London.
XIV. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple).
1. A: (you / try / ever) _____________________________ haggis?
2. B: Oh, yes!
3. A: How often (you / eat) _____________________________ haggis yet?
4. B: Two times exactly.
5. A: When (you / eat / first) _____________________________ haggis?
English 11
116
6. B: That (be) ________________ in 2005. We (have) ______________ a Scottish festival in our town and
they also (sell) _______________________ traditional Scottish food. So I (buy) __________________
haggis.
7. A: (you / like) _____________________________ it?
8. B: It (be / not) _____________________________ too bad. And I (know / not)
________________________ anything about haggis then.
9. A: When (you / find out) _____________________________?
10. B: When I (be) __________________________ in Scotland in 2007. I (go) _________________________
to a restaurant and (order) _____________________________ haggis. Afterwards, the waiter (tell)
_____________________________ me about haggis: it's the heart, liver and lungs of a sheep, boiled in the
animal's stomach. Well, I (eat / never) _____________________________ haggis again since then.
XV. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple).
1. A: (you / play / ever) _____________________________ the new computer game?
2. B: No, not yet. I only (buy) _____________________________ it yesterday and I (have / not)
_____________________________ the time yet.
3. A: (you / go) _____________________________ to the cinema last night?
4. B: Yes. I (be) _______________________ there with Sue and Louis. (you / be)
________________________
to the cinema recently?
5. A: I last (go) _______________________ to the cinema two weeks ago.
6. B: So you (see / not) _______________________ the new action film yet.
7. A: No, unfortunately not. (you / enjoy) _______________________ it?
8. B: Oh, I really (love) ________________________ it. But Sue (like / not) _______________________ it -
too much action!
9. A: But why (you / take) _______________________ her with you? She (tell) _______________________
me last week that she (hate) _______________________ action films.
XVI. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple).
1. I (just / finish) _______________________ my homework.
2. Mary (already / write) _______________________ five letters.
3. Tom (move) _______________________ to this town in 1994.
4. My friend (be) _______________________ in Canada two years ago.
5. I (not / be) _________________________ to Canada so far.
6. I (already / travel) _______________________ to London a couple of times.
7. Last week, Mary and Paul (go) _______________________ to the cinema.
8. I can't take any pictures because I (not / buy) ________________________ a new film yet.
9. (they / spend) _______________________ their holiday in New Zealand last summer?
10. (you / ever / see) _______________________ a whale?
C. READING
English 11
117
English 11
118
they are familiar with. This suggests that children should permit their parents to live alone if they wish to, and
should encourage them to maintain close ties to the rest of the family.
Another surprising result of the research on the elderly in the United States has been the very positive
influence which pets have been found to have on the elderly people that they live with. It has been shown that
elderly people who care for small pets, such as cats and dogs, live longer, are healthier, and have better
attitudes towards their lives than similar elderly people without these companions.
1. Many elderly Americans live ____.
A. without satisfaction. B. by themselves.
C. a lonely life. D. a simple life.
2. What do some people see as the cause of this situation?
A. The society of the USA treats its elderly people as troubles.
B. The young people usually trouble the elderly of their own.
C. The government concerns hardly about the elderly people.
D. The young people are too selfish.
3. Many of the elderly Americans want to ____.
A. keep living in their well-known places and conditions.
B. remain with the grandchildren in their houses.
C. remove to their sons' or daughters' homes.
D. live with their friends in their hometown.
4. The author advises the young people to ____.
A. keep close ties with the elderly of their own.
B. let the elderly of their families live by themselves.
C. permit their elderly relatives to raise some pets.
D. respect the wishes of their elderly parents.
5. The author's main thought is that ____.
A. the elderly who care for some pets live together.
B. the social practice in the USA makes the elderly live alone.
C. the elderly people should have better attitudes towards their lives.
D. it is a social tradition that the elderly Americans enjoy the self-directing lives.
III. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
treatment social retirement elderly aspects
physical aging needs pensioners on
There are many (1) __________________ that are involved in taking care of (2)
___________________ or aged people. Those who have the responsibility of taking care of the aged need to
be aware of the various needs and requirements that the elderly have.
Elderly individuals who live (3) ____________________ their own, without the support of anyone,
may have a certain amount of financial needs. Such people need to fend for themselves for everything,
including food, groceries, medicines etc. (4) ____________________ have the benefit of a steady source of
English 11
119
monthly income. Those who do not have any pension or other source of income would have to live entirely on
their saving or through special senior citizens' government financial schemes or donations from charitable
organisations.
It is natural that elderly people prefer staying at home in their old age. This brings the benefit of
familiar surroundings and people around them. The homes of such people may be modified to accommodate
their changing needs. There is the added benefit of familiar neighbours in the event of an emergency.
Transportation is quick and easier for elderly people residing in areas that are familiar to them.
Health services are the most important requirement when it comes to elderly (5)
___________________.
Elderly people have age-related health issues. This is a normal part of life and cannot be avoided. Proper care
and nursing facilities go a long way in keeping most of these health issues in check and also preventing them
from causing any serious harm. Regular medical check-ups are useful to monitor the health or the elderly and
also to anticipate potential future issues. Regular medical check ups also help in identifying serious health
problems at the initial stage when (6) ___________________ has a greater chance of success.
As people age, their digestive systems gradually starts to weaken. Elderly people often find that they
have difficulty digesting certain foods. It is important to realize that diet has to change to accommodate the
reduced ability of the body. It may be okay to over-indulge with regards to food when young. But for the
elderly, a nutritious and balanced diet made up of foodstuffs that the digestive system is able to accept is of
utmost importance. Very often, the diet needs to be altered taking into consideration the medicines that are
consumed each day.
For the elderly whose mobility has been affected due to (7) ____________________, a certain amount
of assistance in the daily routines becomes a necessity. It may not be possible for a family member to be
present the whole day. Home nurses are the latest professionals to have appeared on the career list. For those
elderly who need assistance in basic activities like walking, eating, bathing and dressing a home nurse is an
invaluable companion.
The elderly have (8) ___________________ needs too. Being debilitated by age is no reason for the
elderly to be confined to themselves or in their rooms. Modern medicine recognises as fact that the elderly,
just as ordinary people, need to feel wanted, cared for and loved. The world over, kind-hearted people take
turns to give companionship to the elderly. Oftentimes, just physical proximity is enough comfort for the
elderly. Some read to them and some others chat with them.
(9) ___________________ comfort for the elderly differs from the needs of the young. As an example,
air-conditioning may be looked upon as a necessity for the young. Yet, for an aged body, it may be very
uncomfortable.
Considering all that has been said, is it any wonder that care homes have become a billion dollar
industry? Not every business is about profits. Care homes serve an important purpose in modern society.
Nursing homes, care homes, (10) ___________________ villages and retirement communities are just some
of the forms that organised elderly care has taken. In the United States alone, this industry was worth USD 17
billion in 2010.
IV. Read the text and decide the following statements are True or False.
As you are reading this text, someone in your country has been affected by the AIDS crisis. People in
every part of the world have been affected by the AIDS pandemic. Every nation in the world has had to take
English 11
120
steps to address it. According to a recent United Nations estimate, 38.5 million people across the globe are
infected with HIV-AIDS.
Because AIDS has had such far-reaching effects, in the year 2000, for the first time in the history of the
United Nations, the Security Council took up a health issue - HIV-AIDS. The world body declared the spread
of the virus a global emergency, a threat to peace and security in Africa, the continent that has been the hardest
hit by the disease. The AIDS virus was considered no less destructive than warfare itself. In the year 2000,
armed conflict took the lives of 2,000 people in Africa, while the AIDS virus claimed the lives of 2 million.
World-wide, the effect of the spreading AIDS virus has created 16.6 million orphans, 90 per cent of
whom are in sub-Saharan Africa, a region where the crisis has been particularly deadly. Because so many have
died, the very infrastructure of the region is endangered. So many people who play key roles in society -
doctors, teachers, farmers - are dying of AIDS.
What is the United Nations doing to address the AIDS crisis? UN-AIDS and its agencies have brought
some innovative ways of spreading the message that, first, people need to overcome the stigma of AIDS so
they can come forward to learn about prevention, diagnosis and treatment. One way to transmit this message is
by providing education and AIDS awareness training to local community members whose work brings them
into regular contact with other members. One such local community member is Paul Lopez, a hairdresser in
Mexico City. Paul's clients tend to confide in him, their regular hairdresser. Therefore, he was trained by a
UN-AIDS programme to dispense advice about testing and treatment of HIV-AIDS. Now, along with advice
about beauty, Paul tells clients how they can protect themselves from the AIDS virus or where they can go for
treatment should they need it.
Another crisis that United Nations programmes address is the crisis of care produced by the
overwhelming number of AIDS orphans, 95 per cent of whom are in sub-Saharan Africa, where the spread of
AIDS has been particularly lethal. Normally, when a child's parents die of AIDS, other family members, such
as uncles and aunts, will take responsibility for the orphaned child. But because there are such
increasing numbers of AIDS orphans and because the economic resources of some communities are so limited,
it is increasingly difficult to find adults who can take in extra children. Often, children live by themselves in
their deceased parents' home, surviving as well as they can.
A typical case is fourteen year-old Justin of Malawi, who has to care for his 10-year-old brother and
nine-year-old sister. Justin says it is very hard to find enough to eat although he does his best to support
himself and his siblings through his job carrying food for merchants. Since Justin and his siblings have no one
to take them in, they continue to live by themselves in their deceased parents' home. United Nations and its
agencies such as UNICEF sends aid workers and mobilizes community-based volunteer groups to go to the
homes or orphaned children with daily supplies of food, money and advice on how to spend it. The aid
workers also know the necessity of encouraging the children to go to school. Children's chances of completing
their education are cut in half once they become orphans.
In the Ugandan village of Kalong, for example, a tragic scene that is all too common in rural villages
took place: six-year-old Nakeyeyune cried as the elders decided who would take custody of her six-month-old
brother and other young siblings after both his parents had died from AIDS-related causes. In Uganda, one
quarter of all families are caring for AIDS orphans. The poverty of many rural families makes it difficult for
them to take responsibility for more children.
English 11
121
One way the United Nations helps single and foster parents to raise income levels is by fostering
micro-credit cooperatives in rural villages. Micro-credit programmes allow traditional craft-makers and
farmers to form cooperatives and sell more of what they produce. The increased incomes enable single and
adoptive fosterparents to raise their income levels so they can support orphaned children. Such programmes
have been especially successful among single mothers.
1. Only a few parts of the world have been affected by the AIDS crisis.
2. In this writing, over 40 million people in the world are affected with HIV-AIDS.
3. The Security Council had often dealt with medical issues.
4. The Secretary-General said the AIDS crisis could not compare with the devastating effects of war.
5. There are a total of 13 million orphans in the world.
6. UN aid workers take jobs as hairdressers and farmers in local communities to help fight the spread of AIDS.
7. Orphans never live alone in any country.
8. Sometimes AIDS orphans have to work to support younger brothers and sisters.
9. UNICEF aid workers bring food, money, and advice to the orphans.
10. In Uganda (at this writing) 25 per cent of families take care of AIDS orphans.
11. Families who take care of orphans have enough resources to do so easily.
12. The United Nations has sponsored micro-credit cooperatives to help guardians support orphaned children.
D. WRITING
I. Write a sentence with the given words so that it has similar meaning to the given sentence. Use the
past simple or the present perfect.
1. This is the first time Mary has had a tablet.
Mary/ have/ never/ a tablet/ before
________________________________________________________________________________________
2. We haven't seen Mark since last week.
The last time/ we/ see/ Mark/ be/ last week
________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Nick joined a golf club a year ago.
Nick/ be/ a member of a golf club/ a year
________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Mr. Diamond lives in Singapore. He moved there in 2010.
Mr. Diamond/ live/ in Singapore/ 2010
________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I have attended an English course for three weeks.
I/ start/ an English course/ three weeks
________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Phuong is still working on her homework.
Phuong/ not/ finish/ her homework/ yet
________________________________________________________________________________________
English 11
122
English 11
124
English 11
125
C. READING
I. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not given.
Children with disabilities often have difficulties fulfilling tasks at school or in their daily life.
However, nowadays their life seems to be easier with the help of technology. Assistive technology brings them
devices that help them to perform activities.
Audio players and recorders may help these children to be able to listen to the words as they read them
on the page. Many e-books have audio files, and smartphones and tablet computers come with text-to-speech
software that can read aloud anything on children's screen. If they struggle with writing or taking notes, an
audio recorder can capture what the teacher says in class so the child can listen to it again at home.
Talking calculators and large-display calculators might be useful for people with visual impairments. A
talking calculator has built-in speech output to read the numbers, symbols and operation keys aloud. It can
help people confirm that they have pressed the correct keys.
If children have trouble with writing, try using plastic pencil grips or a computer. Basic word
processing programs come with features that can help with spelling and grammar issues. Speech recognition
software allows children to speak and have the text appear on the screen.
1. The life of disabled children is less hard with technology.
A. True B. False C. Not given
2. Text-to-speech software can help students with cognitive impairment to learn more easily.
A. True B. False C. Not given
3. Children can use an audio recorder to help them catch what the teacher says in class.
A. True B. False C. Not given
4. People with hearing impairments might need help of talking calculators.
A. True B. False C. Not given
5. Speech recognition software help disabled students by reading aloud what appear on the screen.
A. True B. False C. Not given
D. WRITING
I. Complete the sentences by choosing the appropriate word(s).
has salty visiting visitors beautiful white
1. When you go to Thailand, the first thing you should do is
_________________________________________
the ancient temples.
2. The combination of sweet, sour, hot and ______________________ flavours makes Thai cuisine so distinct.
3. With over 13,000 islands, Indonesia has something unique to offer to all sorts of
______________________.
4. From the ______________________ sands of Bali, to the vibrant capital city of Jakarta, to the untouched
lands of Sumatra, you can always find something different in Indonesia.
5. Situated in the midst of the Asia Pacific region, Malaysia ________________________ a strategic location
and a year-round tropical climate.
II. Reorder the words or phrases to make complete sentences.
English 11
126
Test3
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
1. A. deafening B. frightening C. happening D. threatening
2. A. secondary B. complimentary C. vocabulary D. supplementary
3. A. idiot B. idea C. idol D. ideal
4. A. police B. policy C. polite D. pollute
5. A. preferable B. preference C. preferably D. preferential
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. disrespectful B. independent C. physically D. understanding
7. A. donate B. impair C. mental D. support
8. A. campaign B. hearing C. slogan D. talent
9. A. community B. energetic C. enthusiast D. participate
10. A. cognitive B. volunteer C. medical D. physical
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. The Braille alphabet has been one of the greatest ____ in human history.
A. invention B. inventions C. inventors D. inventive
12. Everyone can help the needy by making a ____ to a charity organisation.
A. donate B. donation C. donor D. donating
13. We couldn't hear anything because of the ____ noise of the drums the next-door neighbours were playing.
A. deaf B. deafen C. deafening D. deafness
14. ____ believe that some of the happiest people in the world are those who help to bring happiness to others.
A. Voluntary B. Voluntarily C. Volunteer D. Volunteers
15. During summer holidays, university students are willing to take part in providing education for children in
remote and ____ areas.
A. mountain B. mountainous C. mountaineer D. mountaineering
16. People with disabilities always need to be ____ after.
English 11
127
English 11
128
English 11
129
45. That homeless child would have died if we hadn't been able to find a suitable blood donor.
A. giver B. maker C. taker D. sender
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Sadly, many non-disabled people have negative attitudes toward children with cognitive impairments in
developing countries.
A. helpless B. disappointing C. pessimistic D. positive
47. Little Mary had a disadvantaged childhood with little education and money.
A. difficult B. poor C. prosperous D. starving
48. According to WHO, many disabled people still face challenges, discrimination, poverty, and limited access
to education, employment, and healthcare.
A. controlled B. inadequate C. short D. unrestricted
49. The theme of the upcoming conference is to remove barriers to create an inclusive and accessible society
for all.
A. abolish B. stick to C. get rid of D. keep
50. Most of these children come from large and poor families, which prevent them from having proper
schooling.
A. convenient B. desired C. inappropriate D. useful
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. Last Sunday, the Youth Union ____ a campaign to help students with disabilities.
A. has launched B. launched C. was launched D. was launching
52. Recently, a gang of enterprising New Zealanders ____ an incredible scheme to raise awareness of
depression and mental health issues.
A. has introduced B. had introduced C. introduced D. was introduced
53. Last Sunday, Texas-based game-fans The Speed Gamers ____ in a charity activity to donate money to
relief organisations.
A. have participated B. participated C. had participated D. were
participating
54. The Real Life Super Hero Project is a gathering of men and women who ____ forces to better their
community.
A. have joined B. are joining C. will join D. are joined
55. The famous physicist Albert Einstein ____ for a $1 to $5 donation before scribbling his name on a piece of
parchment, and ____every cent to various charities.
A. asked/donated B. had asked/donated C. has asked/donated D. asked/donating
56. Former special education teacher Ashman, 74, involved in fundraising 20 years ago.
A. got B. has got C. had got D. has been getting
English 11
130
57. When his mum ____, he ____ that, as well as enjoying doing it, he ____ to give something back to the
Dorothy House Hospice Care.
A had died decided/has wanted B. died/has decided/has wanted
C. died/decided/wanted D. died/decided/had wanted
58. This year, so far, we ____ £ 16,000 and are still counting.
A. are raising B. have been raised C. have raised D. raised
59. Hughes, 26, a sports therapist, ____ 53 marathons in 53 days in 53 different UK cities.
A. completed B. had completed C. would complete D. was complete
60. My plan ____ to raise awareness, especially for young people, of the importance of keeping fit for the past
two months.
A. are B. has been C. have been D. was
61. I'm a keen golfer and I ____ three golfing days that ____ £6,000, £8,000 and £5,000 last year.
A. organised/raised B. were organising/raised
C. have organised/raised D. organised/have raised
62. I ____ to help students at a special school twice since I finished grade 11.
A. have volunteered B. had volunteered C. was volunteering D. volunteered
63. It is now over seventy years since Lindbergh ____ across the Atlantic.
A. has been flying B. flew C. had flown D. has flown
64. Since every penny of the grant ____ spent on equipment, we started looking for volunteers to do the
cleaning.
A. had been B. would have been C. have been D. was
65. - When will Mary be able to leave hospital?
- Don't be so impatient. We cannot release her before we ____ the last test.
A. have completed B. will have completed C. will complete D. completed
66. You should try to follow the lecture without asking questions unless you ____ something important.
A. would miss B. will miss C. had missed D. have missed
67. Although at that time my knowledge of German was very poor, I ____ most of what they said about how
to help people with mental disorders.
A. understood B. have understood C. had understood D. didn't understand
68. One thing should be made quite clear: there can't be any last-minute changes once the programme ____
approved by all the people involved.
A. will be B. will have been C. has been D. had been
69. Although he was on the whole very suspicious of the project, Mr Adams ____ to cooperate.
A. didn't promise B. promised C. has promised D. hasn't promised
70. Even though Lady Sarah was totally opposed to the project, she ____ that it would increase job
opportunities for the local people.
A. had agreed B. agreed C. was agreed D. would agree.
71. When he ____ ten years old. Louis Braille ____ the National Institute for the Blind in Paris.
English 11
131
English 11
132
86. A Hoi An-based charity organisation gave free milk to poor, ailing, and disabled children in the central
A B C
province of Quang Nam on last Wednesday.
D
87. Although Marie Curie had very little money to live on, but she went to Paris to realise her dream of
A B C
a scientific career.
D
88. Albert Einstein, the father of modern physics, could not read until he was eight, but that hasn't stopped him
A B C
from becoming one of the greatest scientists of our time.
D
89. In Thomas Edison's early life, he has been thought to have a learning disability and he could not read till
he
A B C
was twelve.
D
90. Beethoven is the greatest German composer and musician who is deaf in the later part of his life.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. 91. - "Shall we join the Green Summer Camp after the semester finishes?”
- “____”
A. That's a great idea! B. They're very good! C. Not at all! D. No, let's!
92. “Thanks for your support for our campaign!" – “____”
A. I don't bother. B. That'll be fine for me. C. It's my pleasure. D. That's a nuisance.
93. "Why don't we send them some textbooks, newspapers and picture books?" – “____”
A. Great idea! What meaningful gifts! B. No, they are not available.
C. We're sorry to hear this. D. You should agree with us.
94. “As far as I know, doing charity work is a really helpful thing for everyone in the society." – “____”
A. That sounds great. B. I couldn't agree with you more.
C. I'll take part in this campaign. D. That's fine for me.
95 "If I were you, I would collect this waste paper for a charity activity at school." – “____”
A. I guess I should. B. It doesn't matter. C. I don't agree. D. It's a waste of money
96. "Guess what? I've been recruited to be a member of Green Dream Volunteer Group." – “____”
A. Good luck next time! B. It doesn't make sense to me.
C. That's the least thing I could do for you. D. That's great! Congratulations!
English 11
133
97. "Mom, may I go away to Quang Binh at the weekends to help the unlucky people there?" – “____”
A. Never mind. Your first priority is to study. B. No way, you've run out of time.
C. No, of course, I won't. D. Yes, of course. That's a good thing to do.
98. “____” - “No, that would be fine."
A. Are you writing your essay on how to help the disabled?
B. Could you allow me to read your essay on how to help the disabled?
C. Do you mind if I have a look at your essay on how to help the disabled?
D. Would you correct your essay on how to help the disabled?
99. “Oh, this suitcase is really heavy, and my back is killing me!" – “____”
A. I sometimes have a backache. B. Oh, thanks for your help.
C. It's very good of you to do that. D. Shall I carry it for you?
100. “Let's join hands to help the lonely elderly in our neighbourhood!” – “____”
A. By all means, we can't. B. It's true for now.
C. You're welcome! D. Yes, let's plan on it.
101. "What a charitable deed you have, Mary!" – “____”
A. I don't like your sayings. B. It's nice of you to say so.
C. You are a liar. D. Thank you very much, I'm afraid.
102." Can you tell me the way to Hoa Binh Orphanage?" – “____”
A. It's about two kilometres. B. It opens at nine o'clock.
C. Go straight and turn to the first left. D. You can walk or go there by taxi.
103. "Can students from other schools join “Special Christmas Gifts” campaign, Maria?" - "____”
A. Great idea! What a meaningful gift!
B. Oh, how can they lend us a hand?
C. It is very kind of you to say so.
D. Sure, a few other schools have already joined us.
104. "How often do you visit the nursing home for the elderly?" – “____”
A. Every two weeks. B. From that bus stop over there.
C. Much often. D. Twice or three times.
105. "Would you mind helping me with the heavy boxes?" – “____”
A. My Gosh! B. Not at all. C. What a pity! D. Yes, I would
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Humanitarian Dorothea Dix was born in Hampden, Maine, in 1802. At the age of 19, she established a
school for girls, the Dix Mansion School, in Boston, but had to close it in 1835 due to her poor health.
She wrote and published the first of many books for children in 1824. In 1841, Dix accepted an
invitation to teach classes at a prison in East Cambridge, Massachusetts. She was deeply disturbed by
the sight of mentally-ill persons thrown in the jail and treated like criminals. For the next eighteen
English 11
134
months, she toured Massachusetts institutions where other mental patients were confined and reported
the shocking conditions she found to the state legislature. When improvements followed in
Massachusetts, she turned her attention to the neighbouring states and then to the West and South.
Dix's work was interrupted by the Civil War; she served as superintendent of women hospital nurses
for the federal government.
Dix saw special hospitals for the mentally-ill built in some fifteen states. Although her plan to obtain
public land for her cause failed, she aroused concern for the problem of mental illnesses all over the
United States as well as in Canada and Europe.
Dix's success was due to her independent and thorough research, her gentle but persistent manner, and
her ability to secure the help of powerful and wealthy supporters.
106. In what year was the Dix Mansion School closed?
A. 1802 B. 1824 C. 1835 D. 1841
107. Why did Dorothea Dix first go to a prison?
A. She was convicted of a crime. B. She taught classes there.
C. She was sent there by the state legislature. D. She was doing research for a book.
108. Where was Dorothea Dix first able to bring about reforms in the treatment of the mentally-ill?
A. Canada B. Europe C. Massachusetts D. The West and the South
109. The word "confined" in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. restricted B. treated C. cared for D. supported
110. Dorothea Dix was NOT successful in her attempt to ____.
A. arouse concern for the mentally-ill B. become superintendent of nurses
C. obtain public lands D. publish books for children
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
All over the country, young people are entering a world of homelessness and poverty, according to a
recent report by the housing group, Shelter.
Nearly 150,000 young people aged between sixteen and twenty-five will become homeless this year,
says Shelter. Some of the young homeless may sleep out in the open in such places as the "cardboard
city” in London, where people of all ages sleep in the open air in their only homes - cardboard boxes.
Others may find accommodation in shelters run by voluntary organisations or get a place in a hostel,
which gives them board up to ten weeks.
But who are these people? Those who are seeking a roof over their heads are mostly not runaways but
“throwaways" - people who have been thrown out of their homes or forced to leave because of parental
divorce, an unsympathetic step-parent or one of many other reasons.
Take the case of one sixteen-year-old schoolgirl, Alice. She did not come from a poor home and had
just passed her exams with good results. The Shelter team met her in a hostel where she was doing her
physics homework. Her parents had thrown her out of her home for no other reason that she wanted to
do Science Advanced Level Exams - which her parents refused her permission to do, saying that
studying sciences was unladylike!
English 11
135
Shelter says that the government's laws do nothing to help these youngsters. Rising rents, the shortage
of cheap housing and the cut in benefits for young people under the age of twenty-five are causing a
national problem, according to Shelter. The recent changes in the benefit laws mean that someone aged
between sixteen and twenty-five gets less than older people and they can only claim state help if they
prove that they left home for a good reason.
Shelter believes that because of the major cuts in benefits to young people, more and more are being
forced to sleep on the streets. Shelter also points out that if you are homeless, you can't get a job
because employers will not hire someone without a permanent address; and if you can't get a job, you
are homeless because you don't have any money to pay for accommodation. It's an impossible
situation.
111. According to a recent report by Shelter, it appears that ____.
A. hostels are too full to offer accommodation to homeless young people
B. more and more young people all over the world are finding themselves homeless
C. nearly 150,000 young people live out in the open
D. young homeless people live in places like "cardboard city”
112. The word “Others” in paragraph 2 refers to ____.
A. people of all ages B.young people
C. the young homeless D. voluntary organisations
113. Most young people become homeless because ____.
A. circumstances make it impossible for them to live at home
B. they do not want to live with a divorced parent
C. they have run away from home
D. they have thrown away any chances of living at home by behaving badly
114. Why was Alice turned out of her home?
A. Her parents didn't agree with what she wanted to do.
B. She didn't want to study for her Advanced Level Exams.
C. She had not obtained high marks in her exams.
D. She refused to do her homework in the evening.
115. According to the passage, “benefits" are ____.
A. extra wages for part-time workers B. gifts of food and clothing
C. laws about distributing money D. subsidies for those in need
116. The changes in the system of benefits mean that ____.
A. anyone under twenty-five and not living at home will receive help with food and accommodation
B. the under twenty-fives can claim money only if they have left home
C. young people do not receive as much money as those over twenty-five
D. young people cannot claim money unless they are under sixteen or over twenty-five
117. According to Shelter, once young people have been forced onto the streets, ____.
A. their benefits will be severely cut B. they will find it difficult to find work
English 11
136
C. they will never go back home again D. they will encourage their friends to do the same
118. The word "permanent" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.
A. flexible B. obvious C. stable D. simple
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN (1770-1827)
Beethoven is widely regarded as one of the greatest composers in history. He gave his first public (119)
____ as a pianist when he was only 8 years old. He studied in Vienna (120) ____ the guidance of
Mozart. By his mid-twenties he (121) ____ a name for himself as a great pianist known for
unpredictable and brilliant improvisations. In 1796, Beethoven began losing his hearing. (122) ____ his
illness, he involved himself in his work and (123) ____ some of the greatest works of music.
Beethoven's finest works are also the finest works of their kind in music history: the 9th Symphony,
the 5th Piano Concerto, the Violin Concerto, the Late Quartets, and his Missa Solemnis. And be
achieved all these despite being completely (124) ____ for the last 25 he years or so of his life.
119. A. perform B. performance C. performing D. performer
120. A. on B. for C. behind D. under
121. A. had earned B. earned C. has earned D. was earning
122. A. In case of B. Instead of C. In order to D. In spite of
123. A. did B. created C. painted D. learned
124. A. deaf B. mute C. blind D. sick
Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
THANKS A MILLION
Percy Ross was born in 1916 in Michigan. His parents has come to the USA from Latvia and Russia
and the family were poor. But Percy soon showed a talent (125) ____ business and made a fortune in
the fur trade and auction business. Then disaster struck and he (126) ____ all his money. But he soon
made a fortune again - this time by (127) ____ plastic bags. In 1969, he sold his plastic bag company
for millions of dollars.
Ross started giving away in 1977: he gave $50,000 to 50 Vietnamese refugees so that they could make
a new home in the USA. (128) ____ he held a Christmas party for 1,050 poor children in the American
town of Minneapolis. Ross bought a bike for every one of the 1,050 children at the party.
After these first experiences of giving money away, Ross decided to do it on a (129) ____ basis. He
started a newspaper column called ‘Thanks a Million’. and later a radio show, in order to give away his
money. It took years, but Ross finally (130) ____ in giving away his entire fortune.
125. A. for B. of C. on D. with
126. A. threw B. wasted C. lost D. sent
127. A. manufacture B. manufacturing C. manufacturer D. manufactured
128. A. But B. Then C. Yet D. Though
129. A. frequent B. usual C. occasional D. regular
English 11
137
English 11
138
135. Two European philanthropists have spent more than a year walking from their continent to Asia to raise
funds for needy children in Viet Nam.
A. Funds were raised for needy children in Viet Nam by a one-year-walk from their continent to Asia
by two European philanthropists.
B. In order to raise funds for needy children in Viet Nam, two European philanthropists have spent
more than a year walking from their continent to Asia.
C. Two European philanthropists have been walking from their continent to Asia for more than a year
because of needy children in Viet Nam.
D. Two European philanthropists walked from their continent to Asia more than a year ago to raise
funds for needy children in Viet Nam.
Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences
in the following questions.
136. The program about the campaign drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city. It was
broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night.
A. Although it was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night, the program about the campaign only
drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city.
B. The program about the campaign, which was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night, drew the
participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city.
C. The program about the campaign not only drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in
the city but it was also broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night.
D. The program about the campaign was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night in order to draw
the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city.
137. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation. This aims to construct
bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.
A. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation to construct bridges to
facilitate travel in isolated communities.
B. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University who has established a foundation constructed
bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.
C. Bridges are constructed to facilitate travel in isolated communities by a Vietnamese ex-student of
Oxford University who has established a foundation.
D. If a Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation, he will construct
bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.
138. A man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl. Her parents died in a tragic
waterway accident.
A. A man in Quang Nam whose parents died in a tragic waterway accident has launched a solo effort
to fundraise for a young girl.
B. A man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl whose parents died in
a tragic waterway accident.
C. In order to fundraise for a young girl, a man whose parents died in a tragic waterway accident has
launched a solo effort.
English 11
139
D. When a man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl, her parents died
in a tragic waterway accident.
139. They wanted to provide clarity and publicity. Therefore, they listed all donors' names along with their
amount of contribution and their photos.
A. In order to list all donors' names along with their amount of contribution and their photos, they
wanted to provide clarity and publicity.
B. Only when they provided clarity and publicity did they list all donors' names along with their
amount of contribution and their photos.
C. They either provided clarity and publicity or listed all donors' names along with their amount of
contribution and their photos.
D. They provided clarity and publicity by listing all donors' names along with their amount of
contribution and their photos.
140. Niggli first visited Viet Nam in 1999. He has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese
children since then.
A. Before visiting Viet Nam in 1999, Niggli has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged
Vietnamese children.
B. Niggli has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children since his first visit to
Viet Nam in 1999.
C. Niggli first visited Viet Nam in 1999 when he has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged
Vietnamese children.
D. When he first visited Viet Nam in 1999, Niggli had been a generous sponsor of underprivileged
Vietnamese children.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
English 11
141
Những động từ hay gặp trong dạng này là appreciate, detest, (dis)approve of, (dis)like, hate, love, object to,
forget, imagine, remember, think of, resent, recall
Eg:
I appreciate him looking after me so well.
I appreciate his looking after me so well, (more formal)
Lưu ý: Chúng ta chỉ sử dụng hình thức sở hữu khi nói về người và chúng ta cũng không sử dụng hình
thức sở hữu nếu tân ngữ phức tạp.
E.g:
I remember the horse winning the race. (the horse là tân ngữ chỉ vật)
I like Peter and his sister showing me around. (không nói Peter's and his sister's)
*V + to V/Ving
Những động từ hay gặp là start, begin, not bother, cease, continue
E.g: I started to do/ doing the test.
* V + giới từ (prep) + Ving
a. Giới từ to
Những động từ hay gặp là adapt, adjust, admit, look forward, own up, resort, confess, object
E.g: I look forward to seeing him.
b. Giới từ by
Những động từ hay gặp là begin, close, end, finish (off/up), open, start (off/ out)
E.g: Can you begin by doing the housework?
c. giới từ on
Những động từ hay gặp là concentrate, count, depend, focus, insist, rely
E.g: I concentrate on doing the exercise.
d. Giới từ of
Những động từ hay gặp là approve, hear, know, speak, talk, tell
E.g: Have you ever heard of (anyone) getting arrested for gossiping before?
e. Giới từ from trong cấu trúc V + O + from + Ving
Những động từ hay gặp là deter, discourage, keep, prevent, prohibit, stop
E.g: The storm prevented us from going camping.
* V (feel, hear, notice, observe, overhear, see, watch) + Ving/V (bare-inf)
E.g: I heard him singing a song. (Ving để chỉ hành động đang tiếp diễn người nói chỉ biết được một
phần của hành động)
I heard him sing a song. (bare-inf để chỉ hành động đã hoàn tất người nói biết được toàn bộ hành
động)
* V (dare/ help) + V bare-inf/ to V
E.g: I dare (to) say goodbye to him.
English 11
142
* V + O + to V
Những động từ thường gặp là advise, allow, believe, cause, command, enable, encourage, force, invite,
order, persuade, remind, show, teach, tell, warn
E.g: I advised him to stop smoking.
* V + to V
Những động từ thường gặp là decide, agree, consent, fail, hope, manage, offer, pretend, refuse, start,
threaten, volunteer, guarantee
E.g: I hope to see you soon.
She decided to move here.
* V + prep + O + to V
a. Giới từ for
Những động từ thường gặp là advertise, arrange, apply, campaign, plan, wait
E.g: I arranged for Linda to stay in New York.
b. Giới từ at
Những động từ thường gặp là go on, keep on, scream, shout, yell
E.g: He shouted at the girl to open the door.
c. Giới từ on
Những động từ thường gặp là count, depend, prevail, rely
E.g: I depend on you to find the best solution.
d. Giới từ to
Những động từ thường gặp là appeal, gesture, motion, signal
E.g: She signalled to the man to open the windows.
Note:
Một số động từ có thể đi cùng với cả động từ nguyên thể có "to" và V-ing, nhưng có sự khác nhau về ý
nghĩa:
Stop V-ing: dừng làm gì (dừng hẳn)
Stop to V: dừng lại để làm việc gì
- Stop smoking: dừng hút thuốc
- Stop to talk: dừng lại để nói chuyện
Remember/forget/regret to V: nhớ/quên/tiếc sẽ phải làm gì (ở hiện tại - tương lai)
Remember/forget/regret V-ing: nhớ/quên/hối tiếc đã làm gì (ở quá khứ)
E.g: I regret to inform you that the train was cancelled. (Tôi rất tiếc phải báo tin cho anh rằng chuyến tàu
đã bị hủy.)
English 11
143
English 11
144
English 11
147
- have
I have two big houses. (Tôi có hai ngôi nhà lớn.) "have" là "state verb": có, sở hữu (= own,
possess)
I am having lunch with my friend. (Tôi đang ăn trưa với bạn.) "have" là "action verb" (= eat)
- see
I see what you mean. (Tôi hiểu ý của bạn.) "see" là "state verb": hiểu (= understand)
I am seeing my boyfriend. (Tôi đang đi gặp bạn trai tôi.) => "see" lờ "action verb": gặp gỡ (= meet)
■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 5: Decide whether the following English verbs are action verbs, state verbs, or can be both
action and state verbs.
Bài 7: Choose the best answer in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. Do you the answer? (depend on, know, include)
2. Tom dessert every day. (has, eats, possesses)
3. I good about the race's outcome, (am, were, feel)
4. She her father, (imagines, resembles, walks with)
5. Do you they will win? (think, involve, promise)
6. They really everything you did for them, (include, appreciate, dislike)
7. I think the examiner was with my speech, (involved, measured, satisfied)
8. Can you the coffee brewing? (feel, smell, dislike)
9. I still a lot of money on my student loans, (deserve, owe, involve)
10. You more shoes than anyone else I know! (dislike, suppose, have)
English 11
148
Bài 8: Put the verbs into the present simple or present continuous tense.
1. I (know) the answer.
2. The boy (look) at the TV now.
3. This cake (taste) delicious.
4. My father (not, own) a car.
5. I (wear) a blue sweater today.
6. Ann (seem) a little angry today.
7. Many people (do) yoga in the park right now.
8. He (think) that English is easy.
9. Kelly (love) my brother now.
10. My sister (not/talk) on the phone at the moment.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG NÂNG CAO
Bài 9: the verbs in the brackets in the correct form.
1. We have taught our children (wash) their hands before (eat).
2. (write) letters is more boring than (phone).
3. Mark decided (have) a break from work.
4. I refused (speak) with her.
5. We agreed (meet) him at the airport.
6. There is no sense in (earn) more money than you can (spend).
7. They made us (leave) the campsite after (make) such a mess.
8. Do you mind (work) overtime?
9. She doesn't how (fry) a steak.
10. The doctor made him (promise) (reduce) his (smoke).
11. Don't let them (cross) that dangerous road on their own.
12. What about (have) a drink?
13. They accused him of (break) the window.
14. They'd rather (go) to Hue than to Hanoi.
15. There was a very good reason for (not believe) in what she said.
16. I don't know what (believe) anymore.
17. Remember (phone) Sally tomorrow - OK I won't forget.
18. Most teachers insist on their students (do) the homework.
19. Why not (spend) our holiday in Da Lat this year?
20. She is always the last person (arrive).
TEST1
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. turn B. burn C. curtain D. bury
2. A. massage B. carriage C. voyage D. dosage
3. A. chemist B. champagne C. chaos D. chiropodist
4. A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child
English 11
149
English 11
150
5. Malaysia E. Jakarta
II. Match each country with its flat.
1. Myanmar
A.
2. Philippines
B.
3. Singapore
C.
4. Thailand
D.
5. Malaysia
E.
III. Match the word with its definition.
1. Association A. an advantage that something gives you; a helpful and useful effect that something has
2. Benefit B. an official group of people who have joined together for a particular purpose
3. Charter C. a written statement of the principles and aims of an organization
4. Dominate D. serious and very important; affecting the most central and important parts of something
5. Fundamental E. to control or have a lot of influence over somebody/ something
6. Interference F. the act of getting involved in and trying to influence a situation that does not concern
you
IV. Put the stative verbs into the right column.
own consist hope taste feel sound have
hate think agree love see include know
hear belong wish guess smell believe
English 11
151
English 11
152
A.
2. I can't avoid catching a cold in winter.
B.
3. He loves reading more than anything else.
C.
English 11
153
D.
5. My daughter practises painting every day.
E.
6. She imagines flying in the sky.
F.
7. Tom has just finished cooking his own breakfast.
G.
8. He regrets making me sad.
H.
XI. Complete the sentences using the given words.
doing reviewing laughing lending
setting visiting eating packing
1. I can't help ____________________________ when I watch videos of Mr. Bean.
2. Linda dreams of _________________________ up her own business.
3. He is interested in ___________________________ noodles cooked by his grandma.
4. Nam suggests _________________________ a quiz on ASEAN countries.
5. He insisted on __________________________ his luggage on his own.
6. Do you mind ___________________________ me some money?
7. They carry on ___________________________ the lessons carefully before the end-of-term exam.
8. It's worth ___________________________ this museum.
XII. Choose the suitable word to complete each sentence.
1. Visiting/Visitting centers for orphans or disabled people is something that I usually do at the weekends.
2. The main aim of this cultural exchange program is promoting/promoteing a lasting friendship between the
two nations.
3. Buying a new home often cause/causes people great anxiety.
4. Most of the time, swiming/swimming at the beach is safe.
English 11
154
5. Paul really enjoyed/forgived being the editor of the yearbook at his high school.
6. Jim's job involves take/taking complaints from dissatisfied customers.
7. Peter was rather a lazy student, and he tended to avoid playing/studying whenever he could.
8. Laura keeps apologising for not being/being able to hand in her reports on time.
XIII. Fill in each gap with the correct form of one of the given words.
wait smile waste finish
be win break prohibit
1. ________________________________ laughs from audiences is a priceless gift to actors and actresses.
2. She concentrates on ______________________________ the easy parts of the exam paper first.
3. Reading English books and watching American television shows ________________________ good ways
to improve your English vocabulary.
4. There's no point in _______________________ too much money creating a flashy look.
5. I can't bear ______________________ in a long queue to buy discounted items.
6. They succeed in ______________________ the world records in weightlifting.
7. Marie always enjoys ______________________ at the camera and making her friends happy.
8. ______________________ the use of cell phones during the lessons is a new rule proposed by the principal.
XIV. Complete the sentences using the given words.
owns hope realize thinks
smells want weigh see
1. Jim's cousin ______________________ several luxurious restaurants and five-star hotels.
2. I don't ______________________ how much my best friend has changed recently.
3. The final exam is coming. I ______________________ you pass it with flying colours.
4. I ______________________ what you mean. You don't need to explain more.
5. A: I'm so hungry.
B: Do you ______________________ a sandwich?
6. Mary insists on loving Peter because she _______________________ he is a good guy.
7. Don't eat that cake. It ______________________ awful.
8. Mark, you ______________________ 80 kilos. You should eat less chocolate.
XV. Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences.
1. I ____ a multilingual dictionary. Use it if you need to look up a new word in any languages.
A. have B. is having C. owe
2. The students at the back of the room ____ you. Can you speak louder?
A. hear B. can't hear C. are not hearing
3. Is Alan over there? He ____ old and tired. Is he sick?
A. looks B. looked C. is looking
4. She ____ the soup in the kitchen when the telephone rang.
A. tasted B. is tasting C. was tasting
5. She ____ him for quite a long time. They are good friends.
A. knows B. has known C. has been knowing
6. I ____ a little boy in the room. He is sleeping on the sofa.
English 11
155
English 11
156
C. READING
I. Read the extract from a short brochure introducing Indonesia. Match the subheadings (A-E) with the
paragraphs (1-5)
A. Economy B. Sports C. Area and population
D. Culture E. Tourist attractions
__________ (1) Indonesia has about 17,508 islands. It covers a land area of 1,904,569km? With a
population of over 237 million people, Indonesia is the world's fourth most populous country. The capital city
is Jakarta and the official language is Indonesian.
__________ (2) Indonesia's economy is the largest in Southeast Asia. Tourism plays a big role in the
economy. In 2013 tourist sector contributed about US$9 billion. Indonesia. Singapore, Malaysia, Australia,
China, Japan are the top five sources of visitors to Indonesia.
__________ (3) Indonesia's sports are mainly male-oriented. The most popular sports are badminton
and football. Traditional sports include Sepak Takraw, and Pencak Silat.
__________ (4) Indonesia is a widely diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups. Its culture is
influenced by Chinese, European, Indian and Malay cultures. The influences of Western cultures are seen in
science, technology, and modern entertainment.
__________ (5) Indonesia is famous for its islands and beautiful views. The most popular destinations
in Indonesia are beaches of Bali, Lombok, wonderful islands of Java, Sumatra, Kalimantan. Museums,
monuments and gardens in the capital are also famous tourist attractions.
II. Read and do the tasks below.
ASEAN
A
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, commonly referred to as ASEAN, is a geopolitical and
economic organization of 10 countries in Southeast Asia. It was established in Bangkok, Thailand by
Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Since then, membership has expanded to
include Brunei, Vietnam, Laos, Myanmar and Cambodia.
B
ASEAN has a population of about 600 million which makes up about 9% of the world's population. It
has an area of 4.46 million square kilometers, accounting for 3% of the total land area of the earth, and its
territorial waters cover an area about three times larger than its land mass does.
C
The region's principal aims include the acceleration of economic growth, social progress, and cultural
development among its members, as well as the promotion of regional peace. With these targets, 'One Vision,
One Identity, One Community is chosen as the bloc's motto.
D
In terms of economy, if ASEAN were a single country, it would already be the eighth largest economy
in the world, with a combined GDP of $2.4 trillion in 2013. The Governments of ASEAN countries have paid
special attention to trade. With regard to external trade, ASEAN as a whole represents the EU's third largest
trading partner outside Europe (after the US and China) with more than €246 billion of trade in goods and
services in 2014. It has been estimated that a free trade area will be established in the ASEAN region by 2020.
The ASEAN leaders have also adopted the ASEAN Vision 2020, which aims at forging closer economic
integration within the region. The Hanoi Plan of Action, adopted in 1998, serves as the first in a series of
planned actions leading up to the realization of the ASEAN Vision.
English 11
157
E
In addition, ASEAN is a region of diverse cultures. Therefore, ASEAN cooperation not only covers
economic growth but also in a variety of areas, including education, culture and sports activities. Student
exchange programs within the regional countries are encouraged. Regional sport competitions, such as the
Southeast Asian Games, the ASEAN Para Games, the ASEAN Schools Games and the ASEAN Football
Championship are held with the aim of strengthening friendship among ASEAN members.
Task 1. Write A, B, C, D or E next to the statement which contains the information from the paragraph.
1. ASEAN's sea area is about three times larger than its land area. _____________
2. In addition to economy, ASEAN countries cooperate in a variety of aspects. _____________
3. ASEAN organization consists of 10 countries in Southeast Asia. _____________
4. Maintaining regional peace is one of the bloc's principal aims. _____________
5. A free trade area is estimated to be formed within ASEAN by 2020. _____________
Task 2. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given.
True False Not given
6. ASEAN was founded in Bangkok, Thailand by Indonesia, Myanmar, the
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand.
7. ASEAN covers an area of over four million square kilometers.
8. The bloc's motto is: 'One Vision, One Diversity, One Community.
9. ASEAN is the EU's third largest trading partner outside Europe.
10. ASEAN Schools Games is a sporting event held every year by an
ASEAN state member.
III. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank.
Passage 1
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is an organization of ten Southeast Asian
countries: Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, (1) ____ Philippines, Singapore, Thailand
and Vietnam. It promotes political, economic, cultural and social cooperation (2) ____ its members. Although
ASEAN works for peace and stability in Southeast Asia, it is not a defence organization.
The members of ASEAN cooperate in such fields (3) ____ population control, prevention of drug
abuse, (4) ____ research and combating terrorism. Teachers, students and artists of the member nations
exchange visits. In addition, the organization develops plans to promote tourism in ASEAN countries and to
encourage programs of Southeast Asian studies. It works to (5) ____ trade barriers among the members.
1. A. the B. a C. an D. Ø
2. A. between B. through C. among D. from
3. A. like B. as C. alike D. that
4. A. scientific B. science C. scientist D. scientifically
5. A. increase B. prevent C. develop D. reduce
Passage 2.
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations or ASEAN was (6) ____ on August 8 1967 in Bangkok by
the five original member countries, (7) ____, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand.
Brunei Darussalam (8) ____ on January 8, 1984, Vietnam on July 28, 1995, Lao PDR and Myanmar on July
23, 1997, and Cambodia on April 30, 1999.
English 11
158
As of 2006, the ASEAN region has a population of about 560 million, a total area of 4.5 million square
kilometers, a combined gross (9) ____ product of almost US$ 1,100 billion, and a total trade of about US$
1,400 billion.
The ASEAN Declaration states that the aims and purposes of the Association are to (10) ____ economic
growth, social progress and cultural development in the region and to promote regional peace.
6. A. established B. constructed C. rebuilt D. decorated
7. A. such B. like C. namely D. as
8. A. took up B. joined C. represented D. involved
9. A. home B. exotic C. domestic D. household
10. A. fetch B. endeavor C. poach D. accelerate
IV. Read the following information about Thailand. Choose the appropriate words or phrases given to
fill the gap.
agri-food production beautiful islands famous festivals
Thai boxing population
1. Land area: 513,120km; _______________________ :67,149,778 (2014 estimated), most speak Thai;
capital: Bangkok
2. based on ________________________; major exports: Thai rice, textile and footwear, fishery products and
electronic products
3. Ko Tarutao and Ko Chang as ______________________, with sandy beaches and clean water; Ayuthaya as
an old and beautiful city, with temples and palaces made of stone
4. shaped by many influences from Indian, Lao, Cambodian and Chinese cultures; ___________________:
Thai New Year ( water fights) and Loy Kratong, a festival of lights and lanterns
5. very popular ___________________________; others: rugby, golf, football, etc.
V. Read the passage and answer the following questions.
The Asian Games, officially known as Asiad, is a multi-sport event held every four years among
athletes from all over Asia. The Games were regulated by the Asian Games Federation (AGF) from the first
Games in New Delhi, India, until the 1982 Games. Since the 1982 they have been organized by the Olympic
Council of Asia (OCA), after the break-up of the Asian Games Federation. The Games are recognized by the
International Olympic Committee (IOC) and are described as the second largest multi-sport event after the
Olympic Games.
Participation
All 45 members affiliated to the Olympic Council of Asia (OCA) are eligible to take part in the Games.
In history, 46 National Olympic Committees (NOCs) have sent competitors to the Games. Israel has been
excluded from the Games since 1976, the reason cited as being due to security reasons. Israel requested to
participate in the 1982 Games, but the request was rejected by the organisers due to incident in 1972 Summer
Olympics. Israel is now a member of the European Olympic Committees (EOC).
Due to its continuing ambiguous political status, Taiwan has participated in the Games under the flag
of Chinese Taipei since 1990. Macau is allowed to compete as one of the NOCs in Asian Games, despite not
being recognized by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) for participation in the Olympic Games. In
2007, the President of OCA, Sheikh Ahmed Al-Fahad Al-Ahmed Al-Sabah, rejected the proposal to allow
Australia to participate in the Games. He stated that while Australia would add good value to the Asian
Games, it would be unfair to the other NOCs in Oceania.
English 11
159
Only seven countries, namely India, Indonesia, Japan, the Philippines, Sri Lanka, Singapore and
Thailand have competed in all editions of the games.
Medal count
Of the 46 National Olympic Committees participating throughout the history of the Games, 43 nations
have won at least a single medal in the competition, leaving three nations: Bhutan, Maldives and Timor-Leste
yet to win a single medal. 34 nations have won at least a single gold medal, while Japan and China became the
only two nations in history to emerge as overall champions.
Future changes
The number of competition events is scheduled to shrink down to just 35 sports at the 2014 Games to
be held in Incheon, South Korea. 2014 will also see the last Games hosted in even-numbered years, as the
Olympic Council of Asia pushed the subsequent Games to just one year ahead of the Olympic Games. This
means the 18th Asian Games which were originally planned for 2018 will be pushed to 2019.
1. How many nations have completed in the Asian Games?
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
2. Why was Irasel excluded from the Games?
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
3. How many countries have participated in all editions of the Games?
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
4. What year will be the last time to see the Asian Games be hosted in even numbered years?
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
D. WRITING
I. Reorder the words to make complete sentences.
1. doesn't/ Trying/ to/ make/ people/ laugh/ sometimes/ work.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
2. like/ Saturdays./ on/ doesn't/ getting/ Joe/ early/ up
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
3. much/ big/ was/ Giving/ our/ candy/ mistake./ babies/ so
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
4. my/ seeing/ joys/ in/ greatest/ day/ after/ work./ at/ hard/ is/ life/ love/ a/ of/ One
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
5. music/ is/ to/ a/ great/ pop/ to/ my/ way/ spirits./ Listening/ lift
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
6. recommends/ to/ hotels/ Linda/ reserving/ before/ travelling/ places./ new
English 11
160
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
7. losing/ short-term/ on/ money/ Her/ his/ risks/ father/ investment.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
8. but/ helping/ me/ truth./ should/ don't/ tell/ I/ mind/ the/ she/ her
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
Test 2
A. PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group.
1. A. apologize B. absorb C. arrive D. absence
2. A. combine B. collect C. commerce D. correct
3. A. admiral B. adventure C. advertise D. adverb
4. A. club B. subtle C. climb D. doubt
5. A. boat B. both C. post D. lose
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.
1. A. farmer B. farewell C. factory D. fairy
2. A. cattle B. country C. canal D. cover
3. A. money B. machine C. many D. mother
4. A. borrow B. agree C. await D. prepare
5. A government B. condition C. parliament D. fortunate
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
1. Complete the sentences using the given words.
charter constitution bloc principles maintain
1. ASEAN Scholarship holder has to _________________ good academic performance to keep the
scholarship.
2. A _______________ is a written statement that describes the rights a particular group of people should
have.
3. A __________________ is a set of fundamental principles or established precedents according to which a
state or organization is governed.
4. The ASEAN Economic Community is an important example of a trading _________________, particularly
when you consider the countries involved in it.
5. She refused to lie about it; it's against her _________________.
II. Complete the following sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Development policy has a critical role to play in supporting ________________________ to reduce conflict
and violence over the long term. (STABLE)
2. CMA stands for The California Medical ________________________ which is a professional organization
representing the physicians of the state of California. (ASSOCIATE)
3. ________________________ is important because it allows people and groups to work together to achieve
a common goal or derive mutual benefits. (COOPERATE)
English 11
161
English 11
162
English 11
163
English 11
164
Thailand, with Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand, joining hands initially.
English 11
165
30. Many people afraid that the victory of US president-elect Donald Trump might affect stability in Asia,
more specifically in the ASEAN region.
A. failure B. insecurity C. poverty D. weakness
31. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits opened in Vientiane, Laos, late on Tuesday on the theme of “Turning
Vision into Reality for a Dynamic ASEAN Community".
A. energetic B. inactive C. innovative D. productive
32. Amanita argued that Indonesia would continue to play a role in maintaining peace and promoting
democratisation in ASEAN.
A. assisting B. lessening C. preserving D. upholding
33. Southeast Asian regionalism served to enable the member-states to focus primarily on their domestic
affairs.
A. external B. internal C. local D. national
34. The Prince William made a brief working visit to Viet Nam from 17th - 18th November 2016, attending
the IWT Conference which was hosted in Ha Noi.
A. lasting B. public C. short D. secret
Exercise 5 Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
35. ASEAN includes ten member states, but may get bigger because other countries have applied to join the
____.
A. bloc B. group C. gang D. trôp
36. The ____ is a legal agreement among the ten ASEAN member states.
A. charter B. motto C. policy D. principle
37. The Japanese Government ____ 20 scholarships for international students coming from ASEAN member
countries to study in Japan.
A. affords B. demands C. offers D. provides
38. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits will be ____ at the National Convention Centre under the
Chairmanship of Lao PDR.
A. carried B. conducted C. held D. taken place
39. The ASEAN charter entered into ____ after ten members signed it.
A. action B. force C. influence D. order
40. Each deputy should be ____ for one ASEAN community council, supported by a team of competent and
able lawyers.
English 11
166
A. go . B. going C. to go D. to going
55. You should give up ____ your sister.
A. being bullied B. bullied C. bullying D. to bully
56. She is used ____ to loud music.
A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. to listening
57. I'm in a difficult position. What do you advise me ____?
A. do B. doing C. to do D. to doing
58. It's a nice day. Does anyone fancy ____ for a walk?
A. having gone B. going C. to go D. went
59. I wish that dog would stop ____. It's driving me mad.
A. bark B. barking C. being barked D. to bark
60. He never says anything that is worth ____ to.
A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. to listening
61. Carol's parents always encouraged her ____ hard at school.
A. being studied B. study C. studying D. to study
62. They promised ____ me ____ for the party.
A. to help prepare B. to help/preparing C. helping/preparing D. helping/to prepare
63. All ____ were asked to list all the members of ASEAN that they could think of in a one-minute period.
A. participates B. participations C. participants D. participating
64. We will create a stable, prosperous and highly ____ ASEAN Economic community.
A. compete compete B. competition C. competitor D. competitive
65. Unfortunately, the solution to this problem is neither simple nor ____.
A. economy B. economic C. economical D. economicany
66. The members meet once a week to develop and adopt proposals on new ____ and legislation.
A. policy B. politic C. political D . politician
67. The children grew up with deep ____ for their parents.
A. respect B. respecting C. respectful D. respectability
68. As an ASEAN member, Viet Nam has actively participated in the group's programs and has also created
new ____ and cooperation mechanisms.
A. initiatives B. initiates C. initiations D. initiators
English 11
168
69. Over the past decade, Viet Nam-ASEAN ____ have been growing fast in all areas, particularly in politics
and the economy.
A. relates B. relatives C. relations D. relationships
70. With a population of over 237 million people, Indonesia is the world's fourth most ____ country.
A. popular B. popularly C. populous D. unpopular
71. She apologised ____ waiting so long.
A. for keeping me B. for me C. for me keeping D. to me for
72. Her mother prevented her ____ going out tonight.
A. about B. against C. at D. from
73. She insisted ____ talking to her lawyer.
A. in B. for C . on D. of
74. He is not good ____ maths. He is incapable ____ calculating.
A. at – of B. for – of C.on - for D. on - of
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the
following questions.
75. The ten stalks of padi represent the hope for an ASEAN comprising all the ten countries in Southeast Asia
A B
bound together in friendly and solidarity.
C D
76. In the Rio Olympics 2016, Vietnamese sports delegation returned home with two medals both from "hero"
A B C
shooter Hoang Xuan Vinh, ranking the 48th in the final.
D
77. Viet Nam was the first Indochinese country joining ASEAN, and its move helped end confrontation
A B C
between the Indochinese party and ASEAN.
D
78. ASEAN was found in Bangkok, Thailand on 8 August 1967 when the five founding members signed the
A B C D
ASEAN Declaration.
79. Viet Nam has remained committed to ASEAN since it joined in 1995 and the idea of an ASEAN
English 11
169
A B C
Community has increasingly accepted into Viet Nam's political lexicon.
D
80. Soon after becoming a member, Viet Nam signed the Treaty on the Southeast Asian Nuclear-Weapon-Free
A B
Zone and being one of the founding members of the ASEAN Regional Forum.
C D
81. ASEAN aims at promoting economic growth, regional peace as well as provide opportunities for its
A B C D
members.
82. Being influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a wide diverse nation
with
A B C
over 300 ethnic groups.
D
83. Students from Viet Nam who wish applying for the ASEAN scholarship must be approved by the
A B C
Ministry of Education and Training.
D
84. Shaping like an elongated S, Viet Nam covers a surface area of 128,000 square miles, making it roughly
the
A B C D
size of Italy or, in the U.S., New Mexico.
85. The MPAC is intended allowing the AEC and enhance ASEAN's inner integration with the help of
A B C
improved infrastructure development.
D
86. Not everybody prefers study abroad to studying in his or her home country.
A B C D
87. Nowadays, more and more people are realising what it means to be a part of ASEAN and why it is
A B C
English 11
170
89. I have been listening to your speech, but I am doubting what you are saying. I don't feel that it is a good
A B C D
idea.
90. John is having a clown birthday party. The clown is appearing. He always loves watching the clown. He
A B C
is looking happy.
D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. 91. “It's so stuffy in here." – “____”
A. Do I have to open the window? B. Must I open the window?
C. Shall I open the window? D. Would you like to open the window?
92. “Merry Christmas!" – “____”
A. Happy Christmas to you! B. Same for you!
C. The same to you! D. You are the same!
93. "I will pick you up around 7:30. The movie starts at 8:00." – “____”
A. No, you don't B. OK. See you then.
C. I don't like waiting. D. Thanks, no big deal.
94. "____ going on a picnic this weekend?" - "That's great!"
A. How about B. Let's C. Why don't we D. Would you like
95. "Mr Green had an accident. He's been in hospital for a week.” – “____”
A. How terrific B. Oh, is he? C. Poor it. D. Poor him.
96. “Do you really think that I should take the job?" – “____ Trust me. Take it. What do you have to lose?”
A. I doubt so. B. I don't think so. C. I hope so. D. I know so.
97. "Do you fancy a drink?" _ “____”
A. No, everything is OK. B . Oh! Of course not.
English 11
171
English 11
172
Understanding the fundamental structural changes in the global economy and having studied abroad in
Asia is a huge asset on your (109) ____ when competing for jobs.
(110) ____ the increasing importance of the continent, many international with experience in
companies are expanding to Asia and need (111) ____ with experience in Asian markets and culture.
To get a (112) ____ of the action and business ideas flowing from Asia, visit Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation's (APEC) website.
One of the most important variables behind the miracle of the speed of growth and recovery in the
Asian economies is the (113) ____ of education. The competition for top schools and universities starts
from a very early (114) ____ . The point of education in Asia is to equip people to become productive
members of their given societies as (115) ____ as equip the students with the skills and mentality to be
(116) ____ to successfully compete against the masses of other applicants. Asian students and schools
receive continuously top marks in international rankings. This has been directly (117) ____in the
success stories of several Asian countries.
106. A. at B. by C. on D. with
107. A. economic B. economical C. economically D. economy
108. A. came B. passed C. kicked D. taken
109. A. summary B. profile C. resume D. requirement
110. A. Although B. Because C. Despite D. Due to
111. A. employees B. employers C. employment D. unemployment
112. A. glance B. glimpse C. look D. view
113. A. quality B. qualification C. quantity D. quantification
114. A. age B. period C. semester D. year
115. A. far B. long C. much D. well
116. A. able B. capable C. disable D. unable
117. A. allowed B. influenced C. provided D. reflected
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
The 22nd Southeast Asian Games were held in Viet Nam from the 5th to 13th December, 2003.
Although it was the first time Viet Nam hosted such a big sports event, the Games were a great
success. The Games really became a festival that impressed sports enthusiasts with its spirit: solidarity,
co-operation for peace and development.
English 11
173
Athletes from 11 participating countries competed in 32 sports, and 444 gold medals were won. Some
teams such as table tennis, badminton, karate, volleyball, basketball and wrestling were composed of
top competitors in the region. Many Games records were close to international levels. Viet Nam won
158 gold medals to finish at the top of the Southeast Asian Games medal standings. Thailand ranked
second with 90 golds, and Indonesia was third with only 55 golds. Singapore and Viet Nam were the
two nations which had participants who were presented with the Most Outstanding Athlete titles in the
Swimming and Shooting events. The Vietnamese Women's Football team successfully defended the
SEA Games title. Viet Nam and Thailand played in the Men's Football Final. The Thai Team won the
gold medal. In other sports such as karate, athletics, bodybuilding and wushu, the young and energetic
Vietnamese athletes performed excellently and won a lot of gold medals.
Viet Nam's first place finish was not surprising. Firstly, to prepare for the 22nd SEA Games, Viet Nam
carried out an intensive programme for its athletes, which included training in facilities, both home
and abroad. Secondly, with the strong support of their countrymen, the Vietnamese athletes competed
in high spirits. The country's success has proved that Viet Nam can organise sporting events on an
international level. A plan has been proposed for Viet Nam to host the Asia Sports Games at some
point in the future.
118. It can be inferred from the passage that ____.
A. Viet Nam can organise sporting events better than other countries
B. Viet Nam had already planned for the next Sea Games in the future
C. Viet Nam prepared its athletes well for the 22nd SEA Games
D. Viet Nam protected its first place in SEA Games competition
119. The word "title" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. power B. label C. headline D. trophy
120. According to the passage, what is NOT true about the 22nd Southeast Asian Games?
A. There were 11 countries participating in.
B. Many athletes had broken the world records.
C. Indonesia ranked higher than Singapore.
D. Vietnamese Women's Football team won gold medal.
121. The word "intensive” in paragraph 3 has OPPOSITE meaning to ____.
A. delicate B. flexible C. sensitive D. vigorous
122. What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage?
A. To explain the reasons why 22nd Sea Games was organised in Viet Nam.
English 11
174
B. To express the writer's love and how much he is proud of the country's success.
C. To introduce top competitors in the region and their ranking in the Games.
D. To show Vietnamese's ability in organising international sporting events.
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
When Malaysia takes the ASEAN chair next year, it will face a huge challenge. Too few of us know
enough about this grouping we call the Association of Southeast Asian Nations. We do not know what
it means to be a part of ASEAN and why it is important to us. At the same time, pressure is mounting
to reinvent ASEAN to make it more people-centric and less government-centric. The Heat speaks to
Global Movement of Moderates CEO Saifuddin Abdullah on why ASEAN should mean more to us
than just acronyms.
ASEAN people do not feel like they are a part of the community of Southeast Asian nations. This
statement, backed up by survey findings, is pretty bizarre, and extremely hurtful too, considering that
ASEAN is 47 years old today. "Interview 10 persons on the street and you would perhaps get only one
of them who knows about ASEAN,” says Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah. This CEO of Global Movement
of Moderates (GMM) is not running down ASEAN; he's confronting the truth as it impacts the project
he has been entrusted with. Here's more, in 2012, the ASEAN Secretariat conducted a survey that
showed only 34% of Malaysians had heard of the ASEAN community. This compares with 96% of
Laotians. Malaysia chairs ASEAN next year, and GMM is a member of the national steering
committee organising the ASEAN People's Forum (APF), a platform designed to bridge the gap
between governments and civil society. Never heard of it? You're forgiven.
The APF actually started off life in the 1990s, except it was called the ASEAN People's Assembly
(APA). It was held back to back with the ASEAN Summit, which is held twice a year. The APA is the
forum where 10 leaders of government engage with 10 leaders of civil society in a half-hour meeting.
"It was going well until one year when the chairman decided not to hold the APA, so it was
discontinued until 2005 when Malaysia took the chairmanship of ASEAN again and founded the
ASEAN People's Forum (APF)," Saifuddin explains. In a perfect world, forums such as the APF or its
predecessor APA would have worked perfectly to bridge the gap between government and civil
society.
However, as Saifuddin points out, Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) often do not see eye to eye with
their governments. For instance this year, Myanmar is chair of ASEAN and in the APF, three member
nations - including Malaysia - decided not to recognise the CSO leaders chosen as representatives so
English 11
175
the APF did not take place. “This is where the GMM wants to play a role in ensuring that this situation
does not arise again," Saifuddin says.
123. According to the passage, in 1990s, APF was called ____.
A. ASEAN People's Assembly B. ASEAN People's Forum
C. Civil Society Organisations D. Global Movement of Moderates
124. The word “acronyms” in paragraph 1 probably means ____.
A. abbreviations B. antonyms C. enlargements D. synonyms
125. The phrase "backed up" in paragraph 2 has similar meaning to ____.
A. concluded B. introduced C. proved D. Supported
126. According to the passage, Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah was CEO of ____.
A. APA B. APF C. CSOs D. GMM
127. Which of the following statements is NOT true about the APF according to the passage?
A. APF consists of 20 leaders. B. APF is held every two years.
C. APF is reorganised in 2005. D. APF lasts for 30 minutes.
128. The phrase "bridge the gap" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. avoid the conflict B. break down the wall
C. build a strong relation D. narrow the difference
129. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Discontinuing APF led to conflict between government and civil society.
B. Laotians show more interest in politics than Malaysians.
C. The APA was held twice a year until 2005.
D. CSOs do not always agree with their governments.
130. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. How important was the ASEAN People's Forum?
B. Who is going to be the ASEAN chair next year?
C. What does it mean to be a part of ASEAN?
D. Why do GMM play an important role in ASEAN?
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
131. I said that she should see a doctor.
English 11
176
English 11
177
C. Not having means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, we are unable to create a rule-based
ASEAN.
D. To have means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, we are able to create a rule-based
ASEAN.
138. Indonesia was influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures. It is a widely diverse nation
with over 300 ethnic groups.
A. To influence by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse nation
with over 300 ethnic groups.
B. To be influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse
nation with over 300 ethnic groups.
C. Influencing by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse nation
with over 300 ethnic groups.
D. Being influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse
nation with over 300 ethnic groups.
139. You come to Ha Noi. You are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
A. Come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
B. Coming to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
C. Having come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
D. To come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
140. There isn't a culture of respecting and following the rule. The ASEAN community's present goal cannot
be achieved.
A. Even though there isn't a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's
present goal cannot be achieved.
B. Not being a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's present goal
cannot be achieved.
C. Owing to the a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's present goal
cannot be achieved.
D. The ASEAN community's present goal cannot be achieved unless there is a culture of respecting
and following the rule.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
UNIT 6. GLOBAL WARMING
English 11
178
Các động từ thường gặp là admit (thừa nhận), deny (phủ nhận), forget (quên), mention (đề cập),
remember (nhớ), regret (hối tiếc, hối hận), ....
E.g: I admit having stolen his money.
Lưu ý: Tùy vào ngữ cảnh chúng ta có thể sử dụng danh động từ đơn (gerunds) hay danh động từ hoàn
thành (perfect gerunds). Trong một số trường hợp chúng ta có thể thấy rõ hành động nào xảy ra trước và
do đó chúng ta chỉ cần sử dụng danh động từ đơn mà không cần dùng danh động từ hoàn thành để nhấn
mạnh.
E.g: She denied stealing the bag.
2. Perfect participles in clauses of time and reason (Phân từ hoàn thành trong các mệnh đề chỉ thời
gian và lý do)
a. Hình thức: having + PP (chủ động); having been + pp (bị động)
E.g: Having finished his homework, he went out with his friends. (Sau khi làm xong bài tập về nhà, cậu
ấy đã đi chơi với bạn.)
b. Chức năng
Chúng ta dùng phân từ hoàn thành để:
- Rút gọn mệnh đề khi hành động trong mệnh đề đó xảy ra trước hành động khác.
E.g: He finished his homework and then he went out with his friends.
Having finished his homework, he went out with his friends.
- Rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian.
E.g: After he had got up, he brushed his teeth.
After having getting up/ Having getting up, he brushed his teeth.
- Giải thích lý do cho hành động trong mệnh đề chính.
E.g: Having lost the game, they cried a lot.
Lưu ý: Mệnh đề rút gọn được gọi là mệnh đề phân từ (participle clauses); hai hành động có cùng chủ
ngữ.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Complete the sentences with the perfect participle.
1. (park) the car, we searched for the ticket machine.
2. (drink) one liter of water, she really needed to go to the toilet.
3. (leave) the party too early, we couldn't see the fireworks anymore.
4. (finish) her phone call, she went back to work.
5. (lose) ten kilograms, Daisy finally fit into her favorite dress again.
Bài 2: Complete the sentences with the perfect participle. Decide whether to use active or passive
voice.
1. (stop) the car, the police officer wanted to see the documents.
2. (write) the test, we felt relieved
3. (work) all day, we were quite exhausted in the evening.
4. (send) to counter 20,1 had to return to counter 3.
5. (confess), he was accused of even more criminal offences.
English 11
180
Bài 3: Rewrite the sentences replacing the underlined part with a perfect participle.
1. We switched off the lights before we went to bed.
we went to bed.
2. The boy asked his mother's permission and then went out to play.
the boy went out to play.
3. As he had drunk too much, he didn't drive home himself.
he didn't drive home himself.
4. We have written two tests today, so we are very exhausted.
we are very exhausted.
5. She filled the washing machine and switched it on.
she switched it on.
6. She had been to the disco the night before and overslept in the morning.
she overslept in the morning.
7. We had worked in the garden all day and were sunburned in the evening.
we were sunburned in the evening.
8. She had not slept for two days and therefore wasn't able to concentrate.
she wasn't able to concentrate.
9. Since I had not seen him for ages, I didn't recognize him.
I didn't recognize him.
10. I had not ridden a horse for a long time and found it very difficult to keep in the saddle
I found it very difficult to keep in the saddle.
Bài 4: Change the underlined part of the sentence into a participle clause.
1. We are lying in the sun and we are enjoying life.
, we are enjoying life.
2. The boy had brushed his teeth. He was allowed to watch a few more minutes of television.
, the boy was allowed to watch a few more minutes of television.
3. The children sat on their beds and watched the thunderstorm.
the children watched the thunderstorm.
4. They were surprised by a sudden storm and had to seek shelter under a tree.
, they had to seek shelter under a tree.
5. When they had found the secret island, they started searching for the treasure.
, they started searching for the treasure.
English 11
181
English 11
183
6. Some students are disappointed in their progress at school. These students often do not go into further
education.
7. Children do not have the maturity to make every choice themselves. They need a parent or guardian to
make decisions on their behalf.
8. I didn't want to break the law. I called the police instead.
9. John travelled overseas a lot as a teenager. He learns different cultures and customs.
English 11
184
English 11
185
Test1
A. PHONETICS
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. dinner B. disappear C. discover D. dinosaur
2. A. robot B. robe C. rock D. role
3. A. constant B. modern C. obvious D. robot
4. A. continue B. finish C. likely D. instant
5. A. annual B. basic C. average D. capacity
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. importance B. happiness C. employment D. relation
2. A. possible B. cultural C. confident D. supportive
3. A. office B. nature C. result D. farmer
4. A. difficult B. popular C. effective D. national
5. A. answer B. reply C. singer D. future
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR
1. Choose the correct word in the bracket to complete the sentences.
deforestation heat-related emissions extinction absorb
catastrophic footprint diversity preserve infectious
1. Global warming has proved truly ______________________________________ for the environment.
2. Having measured the company's carbon _________________________________, they realised that the
amount of carbon dioxide (CO) it produced was great.
3. Rainforests have the highest species ________________________________ on the earth.
4. We need to ________________________________ the diversity of wildlife because each species has an
important role to play.
5. Scientists have warned about the relationship between climate change and the spread of
________________________________ diseases.
6. The alarming rate of ________________________________ results in damage to the quality of the land.
7. The increase in the earth's temperature can cause _________________________________ illnesses which
can be dangerous to people.
8. A large amount of carbon dioxide ________________________________ are released into the atmosphere
by burning fossil fuels.
9. Many species are threatened with _____________________________ due to deforestation and loss of habit.
10. More trees should be planted as they ___________________________ carbon dioxide and give off
oxygen.
IL. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the
same line.
1. Global warming may lead to _____________________ weather events, including heat waves, floods, and
powerful storms, which could affect people's lives. (EXTREMELY)
2. Every one of us can help to protect and sustain our environment by _____________________ our
consumption habits. (CHANGE)
English 11
186
3. Even slight increase in the levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere can cause a _____________________
rise in temperature. (SIGNIFICANCE)
4. There is a _____________________ between the recent droughts and climate change. (CONNECT)
5. Farming contributes more than 30 percent of the total greenhouse gas _____________________. (EMIT)
6. The overuse of chemical _____________________ is a serious threat to the environment. (FERTILIZE)
7. Global warming is the increase in the earth's average surface temperature due to the warming
_____________________ of greenhouse gases. (EFFECTIVE)
8. The main cause of _____________________ warming is the burning of fossil fuels, such as natural gas, oil,
and coal. (GLOBE)
9. The _____________________ of the earth's atmosphere causes sea-level rise. (WARM)
10. Many animal species are in danger of extinction due to the loss of their habitat and inability to
_____________________ to climate change. (ADAPTION)
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. Developed countries are responsible for 80% of the ____ carbon dioxide that is already in the atmosphere.
A. man-made B. men-made C. man-making D. man-mades
2. The government must take ____ to cut vehicle emissions.
A. measures B. repeat C. discover D. ban
3. They didn't forget ____ a short vacation in Cuc Phuong National Park last year.
A. being spent B. having been spent C. to spend D. having spent
4. The effects of climate change on humans and nature are ____.
A. catastrophic B. temperature C. global D. risk
5. A layer of greenhouse gases – primarily water vapor, and carbon dioxide - acts as a ____ blanket for the
Earth, absorbing heat and warming the surface.
A. heat B. heating C. thermal D. hot
6. We admired the Japanese ____ the city of Fukushima after the disaster.
A. to being rebuilt B. for having rebuilt C. to rebuild D. of having rebuilt
7. We need to preserve the ____ of wildlife because each species has an important role to play.
A. diversity B. various C. population D. type
8. Most climate scientists agree the main cause of the current global warming trend is human expansion of the
greenhouse ____.
A. gas B. damage C. cause D. effect
9. ____ trees around the house on the south and west sides, they can save up to about $250 a year on cooling
and heating.
A. Having planted B. Being planted C. To plant D. To have planted
10. The increase in the earth's temperature can cause ____illness which can be dangerous to people.
A. heat-related B. heat-relate C. heat-relating D. heated-relate
11. Certain ____ in the atmosphere, such as carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide, block heat from
escaping.
A. gases B. layers C. effects D. emissions
12. Having developed green technologies with low-carbon emissions, ____ intends to get rid of coal.
A. that country B. the communities C. the effort D. the possibility
English 11
187
13. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary ____ gases that cause global warming.
A. greenhouse B. house C. plant D. home
14. Carbon dioxide is released through ____ processes such as respiration and volcano eruptions and through
____ activities such as deforestation, land use change, and burning fossil fuels.
A. man-made B. ordinary-man-made C. human natural D. natural-human
15. Vietnam has been named among the 12 countries most ____ for climate change by the World Bank.
A. at danger B. in risk C. at risk D. ready
C. READING
I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.
landslides biodiversity conditions temperature rainfall
economic farmland impacts agencies support
Vietnam Likely to Face Extreme Weather Conditions by 2050
Vietnam is likely to continue facing extreme weather (1) _____________________ such as higher (2)
____________________, lower summer rainfalls, stronger storms, and rising sea levels from now to 2050.
Temperature in northern Vietnam will rise by between 0.83 degrees Celsius by 2050 and continue its uptrend
during the late 21st century. Summer (3) ____________________ will decline in most areas. Meanwhile,
storms may become rarer but fiercer, causing possible flash floods and (4) _____________________ in flood-
prone areas of northern mountains, central and central highland provinces. The forecasts suggest sea level rise
of 100mm-400mm along the entire Vietnamese coast by the end of the 21st century, affecting marine (5)
_____________________ and coastal communities. The experts emphasize the unpredictability of climate
change and its potential (6) _____________________ to create a variety of dangerous extreme weather events
in the future.
To raise the public awareness of climate change impacts, the Vietnamese government urges concerned
(7) ____________________ to work together on devising worst-case scenario models and responses by 2020
and calls on international experts to further (8) ____________________ Vietnam in climate change
adaptation. Climate change is a real threat to Viet Nam's socio-(9) ______________________ development. If
sea levels rose one meter, five percent of the country's land, eleven percent of its population and percent of its
(10) ____________________ would be affects.
II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Consequences of Global Warming on Wildlife
Increasing global temperatures are expected to (1) ____ ecosystems, pushing extinction to those
species that cannot adapt. The first comprehensive assessment of the extinction risk (2) ____ global warming
found that more than 1 million species could be extinctive by 2050 if the current rate continues.
A recent study of (3) ____ 2,000 species of plants and animals discovered movement toward the poles
at an average rate 3.8 miles per decade.
The latest climate change report found that approximately 20 to 30 percent of plant and animal species
assessed so far are likely to be at (4) ____ risk of extinction if global average temperature increases by more
than 2.7 to 4.5 degree Fahrenheit.
(5) ____ polar bears are drowning because they have to swim longer distances to reach ice floes. The
U.S. Geological Survey has predicted that (6) ____ of the world's polar bear populations will be extinct by the
mid-century due to melting of the Arctic ice cap.
English 11
188
The ocean will continue to become more acidic due to carbon dioxide emissions. (7) ____ this
acidification, species with hard calcium carbonate shells are vulnerable, as are coral reefs, (8) ____
are vital to ocean ecosystems. Scientists predict that a 3.6 degree Fahrenheit increase (9) ____ temperature
would (10) ____ out 97 percent of the world's coral feels.
1. A. endanger B. benefit C. harm D. use
2. A. to B. from C. off D. on
3. A. nearly B. near C. relatively D. wealthy
4. A. declined B. born C. presented D. increased
5. A. Some B. Few C. More D. Little
6. A. two-third B. two-thirds C. two-three D. two-thirdth
7. A. As B. Due C. Because D. Because of
8. A. that B. when C. which D. who
9. A. away B. in C. at D. of
10. A. send B. broke C. wipe D. lay
III. Read the passage and choose the best answer.
The world's oceans have warmed 50 percent faster over the last 40 years than previously thought due to
climate change, Australian and US climate researchers reported Wednesday. Higher ocean temperatures
expand the volume of water, contributing to a rise in sea levels that is submerging small island nations and
threatening to wreak havoc in low-lying, densely populated delta regions around the globe.
The study, published in the British journal Nature, adds to a growing scientific chorus of warnings
about the pace and consequences rising oceans. It also serves as a corrective to a massive report issued last
year by the Nobel-winning UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), according to the authors.
Rising sea levels are driven by two things: the thermal expansion of sea water, and additional water
from melting sources of ice. Both processes are caused by global warming. The ice sheet that sits atop
Greenland, for example, contains enough water to raise world ocean levels by seven metres (23 feet), which
would bury sea-level cities from Dhaka to Shanghai.
Trying to figure out how much each of these factors contributes to rising sea levels is critically
important to understanding climate change, and forecasting future temperature rises, scientists say. But up to
now, there has been a perplexing gap between the projections of computer-based climate models, and the
observations of scientists gathering data from the oceans.
The new study, led by Catia Domingues of the Centre for Australian Weather and Climate Research, is
the first to reconcile the models with observed data. Using new techniques to assess ocean temperatures to a
depth of 700 metres (2,300 feet) from 1961 to 2003, it shows that thermal warming contributed to a 0.53
millimetre-per-year rise in sea levels rather than the 0.32 mm rise reported by the IPCC.
1. Ultimately, the new study should help scientists to ____.
A. lower water levels.
B. better predict climate change.
C. bury sea-level cities like Dhaka and Shanghai.
2. The rise in water levels is especially dangerous for small island nations and ____.
A. low-lying urban areas.
B. all coastal cities.
C. people who live on the beach.
English 11
189
8. Sam had not worked hard enough in his previous job. He regretted it.
→ Sam regretted
______________________________________________________________________
9. Someone had cut down the oldest tree in the park. The police suspected Mike of doing it.
→ The police suspected
________________________________________________________________
10. Since the farmers used too much chemical fertiliser on their farm, they now have to drink polluted water.
→ Having
___________________________________________________________________________
11. Denis had taken an active part in the Green Summer activities. He was rewarded for that.
→ Denis was
________________________________________________________________________
12. After the students had learnt about the benefits of recycling and reusing, they started collecting waste
paper, bottles, and cans to recycle and reuse.
→ Having
___________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__
II. Rewrite the sentences, using perfect gerunds.
1. David did his homework and they went to bed.
→ After having
_______________________________________________________________________
2. It is easy for anyone to learn how to cook.
→ Learning
_________________________________________________________________________
3. Tony had rescued the kids from the fire. People admired him for that.
→ People
___________________________________________________________________________
4. He had dumped lots of rubbish onto the beach. He denied it.
→ He denied
_________________________________________________________________________
5. After Ha had read some documents about Green Earth, she decided to join the organization.
→ Having
___________________________________________________________________________
6. I have seen him before. I remember that.
→I
________________________________________________________________________________
7. You had saved the lives of hundreds of wild animals. Thank you for that.
→ Thank you
________________________________________________________________________
8. They had hunted and killed many wild animals. Later they regretted what they had done.
English 11
191
→ They regretted
_____________________________________________________________________
9. Since Mai had refused Nam's offer of a lift in his car, she had to walk home.
→ Having
___________________________________________________________________________
10. 'You've lied to us, the villagers said. The politician denied it.
→ The politician
______________________________________________________________________
11. The factory had dumped tons of toxic waste into the river. It was heavily fined for that.
→ The factory
_______________________________________________________________________
12. Thanh had forgotten to turn off the gas cooker before he left his house. He admitted that.
→ Thanh admitted
____________________________________________________________________
III. Rewrite the following sentences using Perfect Participle.
Ex: We switched off the lights before we went to bed.
→ Having switched off the lights, we went to bed.
1. Zoe had practiced a lot, so she was sure of her winning in the competition.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
2. The boy asked his mother's permission and then went out to play.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
3. As he had drunk too much, he didn't drive home himself.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
4. We have done two tests today, so we are exhausted.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
5. She filled the washing machine and switched it on.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
6. She had been to disco the night before and she overslept in the morning.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
7. We had worked in the garden all day and were sunburned in the evening.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
8. She had not slept for two days and therefore she wasn't able to concentrate.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
9. Since I had not seen him for ages, I didn’t recognize him.
English 11
192
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
10. I had not ridden a horse for a long time and I found it very difficult to sit on the saddle.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
IV. Rewrite the following sentences using After or Before.
1. I told him off. Then I realized I was wrong.
→ After having told him off, I realized I was wrong.
2. I worked very hard for the exam. Then I passed it.
→ Before
___________________________________________________________________________
3. First I considered what to study. Then I decided to major in Maths.
→ After
____________________________________________________________________________
4. She wrote a letter. Then she went to bed.
→ After
____________________________________________________________________________
5. He bought a radio. First he checked the price.
→ After
____________________________________________________________________________
6. They argued. Then they fought.
→ After
____________________________________________________________________________
7. She went out for a walk. Then she had a fatal accident.
→ Before
___________________________________________________________________________
8. She decided to go away. First she faced the matter.
→ After
____________________________________________________________________________
9. We read the book, then we wrote the assignment.
→ Before
___________________________________________________________________________
10. She watched the film, then she wrote a report.
→ After
____________________________________________________________________________
TEST 2
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. sale B. serve C. sure D. sort
2. A. age B. altogether C. change D. college
3. A. mercury B. mermaid C. merriment D. servant
4. A. solar B. cost C. knowledge D. impossible
5. A. appear B. measure C. nuclear D. year
English 11
193
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. commitee B. scientific C. pagoda D. computer
2. A. lotion B. escape C. prefer D. review
3. A. commerce B. consent C. access D. advent
4. A. mysterious B. historical C. heritage D. particular
5. A. discriminate B. accurate C. transparent D. benevolent
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming as trees ____ and absorb CO in the air.
A. capture B. pasture C. calculate D. appear
2. A strong greenhouse effect will warm the ocean and partially melt glaciers, increasing ____.
A. sea level B. temperature C. sea water D. pollution
3. The next dry season will be extremely severe ____ further saltwater intrusion, water and rain shortages, and
heat waves.
A. due to B. thanks to C. because D. although
4. Climate change may lead to the extinction of many species and upset the ____ balance.
A. ecological B. biology C. geography D. technology
5. Ocean water also will expand if it warm, ____ further to sea level rise.
A. leading B. contributing C. getting D. making
6. Methane is a far more active ____ than carbon dioxide, but also one which is much less abundant in the
atmosphere.
A. climate change B. emission C. greenhouse gas D. greenhouse effect
7. The government must take measures to cut ____ emissions.
A. vehicle B. transportation C. transfer D. convert
8. The cleaning of land for agricultural, industry, and other human activities have increased ____ of
greenhouse gases.
A. lots B. collections C. concentration D. attention
9. The low ____ in the Mekong Delta leads to acute saline instruction much deeper than the traditional 30 to
40 km of mainland that is contaminated with saltwater.
A. water level B. salt water C. water currents D. sea level
10. Buying organic food is better for the environment because it uses less ____.
A. fertilizer B. fertilize C. fertilizes D. fertilized
11. Humans ____ atmospheric carbon dioxide concentration by a third since the Industrial Revolution began.
A. had increased B. were increasing C. Increase D. have increased
12. All of the disasters resulted from ____ will continue to have a devastating effect on socio-economic
development.
A. ecological balance B. carbon footprint C. floods D. climate change
13. The simplest way to reduce your ____ footprint is to cycle to school.
A. carbon B. chemical C. chemistry D. dioxide
14. ____ the desalination plant, the company could offer an effective solution to the problem of water scarcity.
A. Being built B. Having been built C. To build D. Having built
English 11
194
15. Sea level rise is usually regarded as Vietnam's main ____: a one-meter rise would submerge 40 percent of
the country and make millions homeless.
A. concern B. disaster C. hope D. destruction
16. Replace all the light bulbs in your home with ____ bulbs.
A. energy-saving B. energy-save C. energy-saves D. energy-saved
17. The public praised the local farmers for ____ millions of trees of the surrounding hills.
A. being planting B. having planted C. plant D. being planted
18. Leaving your DVD player on standby produces the same carbon ____ each year as the average person of
Burundi.
A. emissions B. releases C. eruptions D. appearance
IV. Choose the correct word in the box to complete the sentences.
capture greenhouse illnesses ecological emissions
dioxide balance catastrophic climate energy
1. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary _______________________________ gases that cause global
warming.
2. Deforestation is one of the biggest environmental threats to the __________________________ balance in
the world.
3. There are many ways for us to reduce our carbon ___________________________ order to save our
environment.
4. The effects of climate change on humans and nature are ___________________________.
5. I believe that the only way for us to reduce global warming is to cut down on ______________________
use.
6. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming as trees _________________________ and absorb
CO2 in the air.
7. As global temperature rise, there are more cases of heat-related ___________________________.
8. Motor vehicles running on petrol are responsible for a large amount of carbon dioxide
__________________.
9. Climate change may lead to the extinction of many species and upset the ecological
____________________.
10. Although global warming is causing changes in weather patterns, it is only one aspect of
_______________
change.
V. Choose the word in the box to complete the text.
radiation networks overall flooding vulnerable
systems throughout sensitive increased urbanization
Global warming and cooling have occurred naturally (1) ___________________ history. But in the last
200 years, humans' uses of fossil fuels and clear cutting of forests have (2) ___________________ the amount
of carbon dioxide and other gases in the atmosphere. These gases trap some of the (3) ___________________
from the sun which then increases the Earth's temperature. Given the current state of environmental pollution
caused by human activities, scientists believe the average temperature of the earth may increase 1-2 degrees
Celsius which put simply, means some places will get much hotter and some much colder. At the same time,
English 11
195
this (4) ____________________ warming effect means more frequent and more intense weather systems,
especially in terms of flooding and drought.
Vietnam is one of the most (5) ___________________ environments due to its location on the planet.
It is already subject to some of the earth's most powerful weather systems and the increased frequency and
intensity of storms will affect it often and directly, especially in coastal areas where most people live.
Various estimates have been made as to the possible impacts. The most directly affected sector will be
agriculture, which is very (6) ___________________ to flooding and the effects of extreme weather.
Vietnam has the advantage of coming relatively late into the industrialization, (7)
__________________, and modernization process. This means it can avoid many of the mistakes made by
wealthier industrial countries. For example, wireless communication (8) ___________________ can be built
from the start rather than installing lines that can be destroyed in extreme weather. Cities can be designed and
located in less vulnerable locations. Climate-friendly building codes and standards can be created that are both
more efficient and less prone to heat stress, wind damage, and (9) ___________________. Climate friendly
transport (10) ___________________, especially public transport, can be adopted.
VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Global warming is primarily a problem of too much carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, (1) ____ acts as
a blanket, trapping heat and the planet. (2) ____, the average surface temperature has increases more than one
degree Fahrenheit since the late 1800s. Most of that increase has occurred over the past three decades.
We are overloading our atmosphere with carbon dioxide, which traps heat and steadily drives up the
planet's temperature. Carbon dioxide comes from the fossil fuels we burn for energy, such as coal, natural gas,
and oil, and the loss of forests due to (3) ____, especially in the tropics.
Within the scientific community, there is no debate. (4) ____ scientists agree that global (5) ____ is
happening and that human activity is the primary cause.
Global warming is already having significant and costly effects- and these consequences will only
intensify as the planet's temperature continues to rise. Global warming is accelerating the (6) ____ of sea level
rise and dramatically increasing coastal flooding risk. Climate change has significant effects for our health,
including increased air pollution and a longer and (7) ____ intense allergy season.
We must significantly reduce the heat-trapping (8) ____ we are putting into the atmosphere. As
individuals, we can help by taking action to reduce our carbon footprint. Tropical deforestation accounts for
about 10 percent of the world's heat trapping emissions. Reducing tropical deforestation can significantly
lower global warming emissions and plays an integral role in a long-term solution to global warming.
Sometimes it is difficult to achieve meaningful (9) ____ to global warming because misinformation
about the truth of global warming misleads and confuses the public and makes it more difficult to carry (10)
____ effective solutions.
1. A. that B. which C. who D. when
2. A. Global B. Globaliness C. Globally D. Globe
3. A. deforestation B. culture C. relation D. afforestation
4. A. Most of B. Mostly C. Most D. Almost
5. A. wrapping B. proving C. offering D. warming
6. A. number B. rate C. amount D. part
7. A. more B. few C. less D. little
8. A. inclusions B. ceremony C. emissions D. creations
English 11
196
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
3. Having finished all my homework, I watched my favourite film on TV. (After)
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
4. Having watched the documentary about wildlife, I made a donation to an environmental society. (After)
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
5. Having read the stories about people who reduced their carbon footprint, we started to change our daily
consumption habits. (After)
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
6. Having eaten my evening meal, I decided to go for a walk. (After)
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
7. Having managed water resources irresponsibly, the authorities had to deal with water shortages in the
region. (Since)
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
Test3
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
1. A. genius B. gorilla C. global D. gases
2. A. pollution B. poaching C. physical D. pesticide
3. A. warming B. warn C. walk D. wasn't
4. A. floor B. flood C. moorland D. door
5. A. increase B. release C. please D. grease
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. campaign B. global C. balance D. carbon
7. A. natural B. endangered C. dangerous D. habitat
8. A. rainforest B. tropical C. discover D. animal
English 11
198
English 11
199
English 11
200
42. We may help to control global warming by reducing carbon footprints in our homes.
A. putting up with B. getting down to C. cutting down on D. going back to
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
43. Cutting down on energy use is the best way to help reduce global warming.
A. Shrinking B. Declining C. Decreasing D. Increasing
44. We should grow more trees so that they can absorb more carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.
A. emit B. take in C. consume D . cut off
45. Releasing too much carbon dioxide into the atmosphere can lead to global warming.
A. result in B. result from C. cause D. activate
46. Farmers turned to bio-fertilisers after they had been told about the dangers of chemical fertilisers.
A. trusted B. disbelieved C. counted on D. depended on
47. The factory owner denied having said that he should take responsibility for the damage that his factory
caused to the surrounding environment.
A. refuted B. rejected C. opposed D. accepted
48. Some scientists are accused of not having reported the effects of climate change.
A. exonerated B. blamed C. charged D. complained
49. They were criticised for having acted irresponsibly towards the environment.
A. blamed B. commended C. condemned D. denounced
50. The factory was fined for having dumped a huge amount of rubbish into the river.
A. penalised B. levied C. compensated D. punished
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the
following questions.
51. With clear evidence, his company couldn't deny having dump a large quantity of toxins into the sea.
A B C D
52. Humans now have to suffer the effects of global warming due to having treat the environment
irresponsibly.
A B C D
53. Having denied the responsibility for the environmental it caused, the factory was forced to close down.
A B C D
54. Having been warn about the relationship between climate change and the spread of infectious diseases,
A B C
everyone should get vaccinated.
D
55. These companies were accused on having released a large amount of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
English 11
201
A B C D
56. Having deciding on the topic of the presentation, he started finding relevant information for it.
A B C D
57. Having known about the harmful affects the company had on our neighbourhood, we decided to boycott its
A B C D
products.
58. Having signed an agreement to reduce carbon dioxide emissions, we were determined to help reduced
A B C D
global warming.
59. Having identified the most urgent environmental problems, they start working out all possible solutions.
A B C D
60. Having spent all their saving money, they started do some odd jobs to make ends meet.
A B C D
61. Having cutting down many trees in the area, now the people here have to suffer really hot summers.
A B C D
62. Having decided to use public transport instead private transport, we were determined to reduce carbon
A B C D
footprints.
63. Having cycled to work every day, I become more responsibly for the environmental issues.
A B C D
64. Having watched TV programmes about the farmers' careless use of chemical fertilisers on they crops,
many
A B C
citizen dwellers decided to grow their own vegetables.
D
65. Having suffered water shortage in the past, we are all very economic on using water.
A B C D
66. Having change our attitude to nature, we started changing our behaviours as well.
A B C D
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
67. The president of the company officially apologised to the local residents ____ having dumped a large
amount of raw sewage in the area.
A. about B. with C. at D. for
68. The factory was accused ____ having caused higher level of pollution to the environment.
A. about B. on C. of D. for
69. We all admire him ____ having changed both his attitude and behaviours towards the environmental
issues.
English 11
202
English 11
203
87. These students were rewarded ____ actively taken part in voluntary activities.
A. with B. before C. on having D. for having
88. She was praised ____ donated a lot of money to the wildlife protection organisation.
A. for having B. to have C. because of having D. due to having
89. I remember ____ advised you to stop hunting endangered animals.
A. to have B. having C. have D. had
90. The local authorities were blamed ____ ignored the pollution issues in the area.
A. about having B. on having C. for having D. before having
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. Two friends Nam and Lan are talking about the topic of global warming.
91. Nam: What are the main threats to the environment today?
Lan: ____
A. Threats are possible dangers to the environment.
B. Probably deforestation and global warming.
C. Environmental pollution is a big issue for our planet
D. We need a clean environment to live in.
92. Lan: How can ordinary people help protect the environment?
Nam: ____
A. What can ordinary people do to help the environment?
B. Environment really needs our help.
C. We may use environmentally-friendly products.
D. Both governments and individuals are to blame on.
93. Nam: Do you do anything to protect the environment?
Lan: ____
A. I refuse to use plastic bags and try to recycle as much as possible.
B. I use a lot of plastic bags and containers to save the environment.
C. I'm not interested in the subject of environment.
D. I don't want to change my lifestyle.
94. Lan: What solution to air pollution can you suggest?
Nam: ____
A. Air pollution is really serious these days.
B. Smoke from factory chimneys pollutes the air.
C. Air pollution causes acid rain.
D. People should use public means of transport.
95. Nam: What is the biggest environmental problem facing our country?
Lan: ____
English 11
204
English 11
205
rivers when they have finished with them, leading to the (113) ____ of major problems. Although
government (114) ____ may try to catch them doing it, it can be very difficult to get (115) ____ that a
particular business is responsible for an environmental problem. It really depends (116) ____ not only
the government but also businesses and individuals as well. All people need to contribute to (117) ____
the environment.
106. A. guilty B. proud C. sorry D. tired
107. A. damage B. pollution C. . accidents D. trouble
108. A. agents B. crimes C. criminals D. doers
109. A. politicians B. politics C. parties D. residents
110. A. induction B. construction C. instruction D. destruction
111. A. production B. protection C. destruction D. deforestation
112. A. stabilise B. raise C. lower D. save
113. A. creation B. creativity C. creator D. creature
114. A. suspicion B. suspect C. inspection D. inspectors
115. A. improvement B. proof C. waterproof D. prove
116. A. over B. at C. on D. in
117. A. protecting B. protect C. protected D. protection
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
The costs and benefits of global warming will vary greatly from area to area. For moderate climate
change, the balance can be difficult to assess. But the larger the change in climate, the more negative
the consequences will become. Global warming will probably make life harder, not easier, for most
people This is mainly because we have already built enormous infrastructure based on the climate we
now have.
People in some temperate zones may benefit from milder winters, more abundant rainfall, and
expanding crop production zones. But people in other areas will suffer from increased heat waves,
coastal erosion, rising sea le more erratic rainfall, and droughts.
The crops, natural vegetation, and domesticated and wild animals (including seafood) that sustain
people in a given area may be unable to adapt to local or regional changes in climate. The ranges of
diseases and insect pests that are limited by temperature may expand, if other environmental conditions
are also favourable.
In its summary report on the impacts of climate change, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change stated, "Taken as a whole, the range of published evidence indicates that the net damage costs
of climate change are likely to be significant and to increase over time.”
118. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Environment pollution is real. B. Reasons why low-lying areas are flooded.
C. Solutions to global warming. D. Reasons why global warming is a problem.
119. Which of the following is TRUE as the result of global warming?
A. All people suffer from global warming. B. All people benefit from global warming.
English 11
207
C. Life is more difficult for the majority of people. D. Life is easier for most people.
120. In paragraph 1, the word “this” refers to ____.
A. harder life as a result of global warming B. easier life as a result of global warming
C. climate change on global scale D. flood in low-lying areas
121. In paragraph 2, the word “erratic” is closest in meaning to ____.
A. predictable B. unpredictable C. changeable D. unchangeable
122. According to the passage, all of the following are the results of global warming EXCEPT ____.
A. higher temperature B. coastal erosion C. increasing sea level D. stable rainfall
123. What may happen to diseases and insect pests as a result of global warming?
A. They will become extinct. B. They will increase in number.
C. They will not harm our planet. D. They will be under good control.
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
The Amazon rainforest is home to more than a third of all the world's species of plants, birds and
animals. Twenty per cent of all the birds in the world live in the rainforest. Scientists have discovered
thousands of types of plants and animals that can only be found there. There are thousands - probably
millions more that we haven't discovered yet. There are at least 2.5 million species of insects there.
Imagine what would happen if they all lost their home? It couldn't happen, could it? Unfortunately, it's
happening right now. Yet, the rainforest is big. But it's getting smaller. The problem is that people are
cutting down the trees, mainly to make room for cows. These provide meat and make money for their
owners. This process of cutting down trees is called ‘deforestation'.
The good news is that it is slowing down. In 2004, for example, more than 27,000 square kilometres
were cut down. That's an area bigger than Wales. In 2006, because of all the campaigns to save
rainforest, it dropped to just over 13,000 square kilometres. The bad news is that it's not enough.
Scientists predict that by 2030, the rainforest will have become smaller by 40%. It's possible that by the
end of the 21st century, the rainforest will have completely disappeared. With deforestation, thousands
of the animals, birds, fish and plants that live in the Amazon rainforest lose their home, their natural
habitat. Some of them move to other areas, but most of them die. Many species have already become
extinct, and many more will if deforestation continues. That will change the balance of life in the
rainforest and could cause enormous problems to the region's ecosystem.
There's another problem too. Trees and plants are a vital source of oxygen. If we cut them down, we
lose that oxygen. But it's worse than just that. With deforestation, the trees and plants are burnt. This
sends gases into the Earth's atmosphere, which stops some of the Earth's heat escaping. That then leads
to the temperature here on the ground going up. This increase in the world's temperature is called
'global warming', and most scientists believe it's a very serious issue. If they stopped deforestation, it
might help prevent global warming.
124. Which title best summarises the main idea of the passage?
A. Chances for owners of cow ranches B. Threats to Amazon rainforest C. Global warming effects D.
Habitat destruction
125. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
English 11
208
A. A fifth of all the birds in the world live in the rainforest. B. 20% of all the animals in the world live
in the rainforest.
C. Nearly two million species of insects are found in the Amazon rainforest.D. Nearly half of the world's
species of plants grow there.
126. In paragraph 1, the word "room” is closest in meaning to ____.
A. chamber B. flat C. area D. studio
127. In paragraph 2, the word "it” refers to ____.
A. room B. process C. rainforest D. deforestation
128. According the passage, which of the following is TRUE about Amazon rainforest?
A. It has become smaller by 40%. B. The deforestation is decreasing.
C. 25% of animal species are extinct now. D. The deforestation is under control.
129. In paragraph 2, the word “enormous” is closest in meaning to ____.
A. serious B. important C. common D. insignificant
130. What might help to restrain global warming?
A. increasing deforestation B. stabilising deforestationC. ceasing cutting down trees D. clearing more
trees for farming
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
131. Having seen people suffer global warming consequences, we decided to reduce carbon footprints.
A. We decided to reduce carbon footprints before seeing people suffer global warming consequences.
B. We saw people suffer global warming consequences after we decided to reduce carbon footprints.
C. We decided to cut down on carbon footprints after we saw people suffer global warming
consequences.
D. We decided to cut down on carbon footprints before we saw people suffer global warming
consequences.
132. Climate change leads to numerous catastrophic consequences.
A. Numerous catastrophic consequences result in climate change.
B. Numerous catastrophic consequences result from climate change.
C. Climate change results from numerous catastrophic consequences.
D. Numerous catastrophic consequences cause climate change.
133. The increase in earth's temperature can cause heat-related illnesses.
A. Heat-related illnesses result from the increase in earth's temperature.
B. Heat-related illnesses result in the increase in earth's temperature.
C. Heat-related illnesses lead to the increase in earth's temperature.
D. Heat-related illnesses trigger the increase in earth's temperature.
134. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary greenhouse gases that cause global warming.
A. Carbon dioxide is the only greenhouse gas that causes global warming.
English 11
209
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
English 11
210
English 11
211
English 11
212
English 11
214
3. (we/not/exercise enough)
4. (she / not / study)
5. (they/ not/ live here for a long time)
6. (it / not / snow)
7. (he / not / play football for five years)
8. we / not / drink enough water - that's why we feel tired)
9. (I/ not/ sleep - I was reading)
10. (they / not / watch TV much recently)
English 11
215
English 11
216
Bài 5: Put the verbs into the correct form, using either the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect
continuous.
1. How long Jerry? (you/to know)
2. You look dirty. What all day? (you/to do)
3. How many times New York? (Michael/to visit)
4. She French words for hours, but she still doesn't remember all of them, (to learn)
5. The children videos for two hours, (to watch)
6. hard today? (he/to study)
7. My father . (never/to smoke)
8. Sorry, I'm late. for long? (you/to wait)
9. We Lisa recently, (not/to see)
10. He his essay all day, but he yet. (to write) (not/to finish)
Bài 6: Put the verbs into the correct form, using either the Present Continuous or the Present
Perfect continuous.
1. It (rain) all week. I hope it stops by Friday because I want to go to the beach.
2. You look really great! (You, exercise) at the fitness center?
3. Mark, where have you been? We (wait) for you since 1 p.m.
4. Tim: What is that sound?
Daisy: A car alarm (ring) somewhere down the street. It(drive) me crazy - I
wish it would stop! it (ring) for more
than twenty minutes.
English 11
217
Bài 7: Put the verbs into the correct form, using either the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect
continuous.
1. Julia: How long (you, be) ;n Canada?
Clare: I (study) here for more than three years.
2. I (have) the same car for mere than ten years. I'm thinking about buying a new one.
3. I (love) chocolate since I was a child. You might even call me a "chocoholic."
4. Mark and Sarah (have) some difficulties in their relationship lately, so they (go)
to a marriage counselor. I hope they work everything out.
5. John (work) for the government since he graduated from Harvard
University. Until recently, he (enjoy) his work, but now he is talking about retiring.
6. Lately, I (think) about changing my career because I (become) with
dissatisfied
the
conditions at my company
7. I (see) Julia for more than five years and during that time I (see) many
changes in her personality.
Bài 10: Put the verbs into the correct tense (Present Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous).
1. A: (you / take) the dog for a walk yet?
2. B: I (work) all day. I (come / just) home from work and
I (have I not) the time yet to walk the dog.
3. A: How long (the dog / be) home alone?
4. B: For about 6 hours. You (walk I not) the dog for a long time. Don't you want to go?
5. A: Well, I (laze / not) about all day either, you know. I have a very important meeting
tomorrow and I still (finish / not) my report.
6. B: Okay, I will go then. Where (you / put) collar and leash?
7. A: They are in the kitchen. By the way, (you I eat) anything yet? If not, could you get us
something from the market?
Bài 11: Put these words into the correct order to make sentences with present perfect continuous.
1. morning / cleaning I these / been I dirty /. / all / I've I floors
2. three I office / for / has / Sarah / this /. / in / been / weeks I working
3. to I been / how / bus / long I this / ?/ waiting / we / come / have I for
4. been / hour./ we've /1 / understand I don't / and I document I reading / for / this I anything /an
5. I very / long I haven't / they / for / French / been / learning
6. weeks / been / with / sister / few /. / his / a / Martin / living I for I has
7. five I you / ? / have I been / doing / these I years / last / what
English 11
219
8. these / cleaning / all / you / do / been / ? / I've / know / glasses / why
Bài 12: Put the verbs into either the Present Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous.
1. I'm really tired. I since seven this morning, (work)
2. Peter at six schools in six years. He never stays in the same job. (teach)
3. Mr Hung since she left university in 2000. (teach)
4. Hoa English for nearly two years, (study)
5. This week he ten new verbs, (learn)
6. I over 40 resumes but I still can't decide who to give the job to. (read)
7. She can't still be thirsty! She three glasses of lemonade, (drink)
8. How long professional baseball? (play)
9. How many games ? (play)
TEST1
A. PHONETICS
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. ago B. across C. about D. adult
2. A. language B. article C. partly D. hardly
3. A. but B. cut C. sun D. put
4. A. lake B. plane C. plan D. state
5. A. lecture B. medium C. inventor D. president
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. definition B. politician C. situation D. production
2. A. image B. purchase C. mislead D. deadline
3. A. extinction B. endangered C. business D. intention
4. A. cattle B. country C. canal D. cover
5. A. copy B. remove C. notice D. cancel
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR
I. Put the verbs in the present perfect or the present perfect continuous tense.
1. I (try) _____________________ to learn French for years, but I (not succeed) _____________________
yet.
2. She (read) ____________________ all the works of Dickens. How many (you read)
___________________?
3. I (wait) ____________________ here nearly half an hour for my girlfriend; do you think she (forget)
____________________ to come?
4. Mary (rest) ____________________ in the garden all day because she (be) _____________________ ill.
English 11
220
5. Although John (study) ____________________ at the University for 5 years, he (not get)
________________
____________________ his degree yet.
6. Jack (go) ____________________ to Switzerland for a holiday. He (never, be) ___________________
there.
7. We (live) ____________________ here for the last six months, and (just, decide) ____________________
to move.
8. That book (lie) ____________________ on the table for weeks. You (not read) ______________________
it yet?
9. He (not be) _____________________ here since Christmas; I wonder where he (live)
___________________ since then.
10. He (lose) __________________________ his books. He (look) ____________________ for them all
afternoon, but they (not turn up) ____________________ yet.
11. She (work) ____________________ so hard this week that she (not have) ____________________ time to
go to the cinema.
12. Your hair is wet. (You swim) ____________________ for a long time?
13. Bill is still a bad driver although he (drive) ____________________ cars for six years.
14. You look very tired. (You work) ____________________ very hard ?
15. The phone (ring) _____________________ for 2 minutes, but I (not answer) ____________________ it
yet.
II. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below.
1. Academic courses should teach practical skills __________________________ addition to critical thinking.
2. When a student enters a college or university, he/she has to choose a main subject
______________________ study, which is called major.
3. Specialized vocational courses such __________________________ design and cooking are very popular.
4. Students _________________________ bachelor's degrees can pursue postgraduate education to get
master's or doctoral degrees.
5. It's difficult __________________________ find a place to park in the city centre.
6. Although Kevin did not have any academic qualifications, he had a lot _______________________
practical experience.
7. We have just attended a seminar __________________________ further education.
8. Students can choose to pursue further education which is generally divided
___________________________ higher education and vocational education and training.
9. I started the course two weeks ago, but I have already passed most __________________________ the
tests.
10. The academic year has just started and I have been living __________________________ the halls of
residence so far.
III. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. Prof. Wilson has given / has been giving the same seminar to students for the last 12 years.
English 11
221
2. She has never understood / has never been understanding why so many young people want to study
abroad.
3. Nam has studied / has been studying English for two years.
4. He has attended / has been attending online vocational courses twice.
5. Have you applied / Have you applying for the scholarship to study in Singapore?
6. We have waited / have been waiting for the university's reply about entry requirements for the whole week.
We hope to receive it soon.
7. The British Council has used / has been using IELTS as an international standardised test of English for
non-native English language speakers for a long time.
8. The university has built / has been building a new campus since May.
9. We have read / have been reading three books on vocational training to complete this project.
10. They have read / have been reading a report on a further education since last Monday. I will finish it this
Sunday.
11. Mary has stayed / has been staying at a homestay for three weeks during her undergraduate programme.
12. I have applied / have been applying for a vocational scholarship three times.
IV. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the
same line.
1. Can you explain what types of _______________________ are available for international students?
(FUND)
2. Are _________________________ students allowed to work part-time? (NATIONAL)
3. I'd like to consult you about the __________________________ differences (that) I should be aware of.
(CULTURE)
4. What __________________________ me most is the high cost of living in London as an international
student. (WORRY)
5. One of the reasons for Vietnamese students' studying abroad is the quality of the
_______________________ programmes in higher education. (ACADEMY)
6. Most of these students are interested in pursuing ___________________________ studies for bachelor's
degrees. (GRADUATE)
7. Some students decide to study in the United States or the United Kingdom to improve their language
__________________________, which can help them to get a better job. SKILLFUL
8. Some universities in the United States offer different _________________________ to international
students to help to cover tuition fees and living costs. (SCHOOL)
9. The higher education __________________________ gained at UK universities and colleges are
recognised worldwide. (QUALIFY)
10. Universities must better prepare students for their __________________________ careers.
(PROFESSION)
V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. We ____ him since he ____ married.
A. didn't see/got B. haven't seen/got C. don't/get D. hadn't seen/got
English 11
222
English 11
223
English 11
224
British further education qualifications are respected by employers and (1) ____ worldwide. There are
two main types: academic courses, and vocational and professional courses. Academic courses help you (2)
____ for higher education at a university or college. They aim to develop your analytical skills, critical
thinking and knowledge. (3) ____ and professional courses give you the skills and qualification you need to
enter and succeed in your chosen career. They offer technical (4) ____ and skills for the workplace.
British (5) ____ education providers invest heavily in facilities - from libraries, computer centres and science
laboratories to sports centres, theatres and arts studios. Class sizes are (6) ____ to ensure that you have access
to equipment and enough time to talk to your tutors and lectures.
British qualifications are a great boost to your CV and to your earnings. Employers are increasingly looking
for (7) ____ with multicultural experience. Moreover, British colleges and universities have strong links with
industry - many courses are designed in partnership with, and taught by, industry professional. Many include
the option of a year in industry or a work placement, giving you real professional (8) ____.
English is widely regarded as the language of business. Studying in the UK helps you learn language
quickly, through your studies, friends and everyday life. If you need any additional support, (9) ____ are lots
of English language classes across the UK.
The UK is a truly multicultural society, with a wonderful mix of people from many different
backgrounds. As a student, you'll get to know people from all over the world and be inspired by many
cultures. Many colleges have international offices and advisers to ensure you feel welcome and are supported
(10) ____ your time in British further education.
1. A. academics B. academy C. academical D. academically
2. A. get B. prepare C. make D. support
3. A. Occasional B. Vocational C. Optional D. Various
4. A. growing B. changing C. adding D. training
5. A. further B. each C. both D. every
6. A. bored B. restricted C. expensive D. attracted
7. A. joins B. enters C. arrives D. graduates
8. A. experiment B. factor C. experience D. problem
9. A. there B. that C. which D. they
10. A. in B. over C. throughout D. cross
IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer.
It's called 42 - the name taken from the answer to the meaning of life, from the science fiction series
The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy. 42 was founded by French technology billionaire Xavier Niel, whose
backing means there are no tuition fees and accommodation is free. Mr Niel and his co-founders come from
the world of technology and start-ups, and they are trying to do to education what Facebook did to
communication and Airbus to accommodation.
Students at 42 are given a choice of projects that they might be set in a job as a software engineer -
perhaps to design a website or a computer game. They complete a project using resources freely available
on the Internet and by seeking help from their fellow students, who work alongside them in a large open-plan
room full of computers. Another student will then be randomly assigned to mark their work.
English 11
225
The founders claim this method of learning makes up for shortcomings in the traditional education
system, which they say encourages students to be passive recipients of knowledge. “Peer-to-peer learning
develops students with the confidence to search for solutions by themselves, often in quite creative and
ingenious ways."
Like in computer games, the students are asked to design and they go up a level by completing a
project. They graduate when they reach level 21, which usually takes three to five years. And at the end, there
is a certificate but no formal degree. Recent graduates are now working at companies including IBM, Amazon,
and Tesla, as well as starting their own firms.
"The feedback we have had from employers is that our graduates are more apt to go off and find out
information for themselves, rather than asking their supervisors what to do next," says Brittany Bir, chief
operating officer of 42 in California and a graduate of its sister school in Paris. Ms Bir says 42's graduates will
be better able to work with others and discuss and defend their ideas - an important skill in the "real world” of
work. “This is particularly important in computer programming, where individuals are notorious for lacking
certain human skills," she says.
But could 42's model of teacherless learning work in mainstream universities? Brittany Bir admits 42's
methods do not suit all students. "It suits individuals who are very disciplined and self-motivated, and who are
not scared by having the freedom to work at their own pace," she says.
Question 1: According to the passage, 42 is ____.
A. a kind of school B. a type of accommodation C. an innovation in technology D. a tool of virtual
communication
Question 2: The word "them" in paragraph 2 refers to ____.
A. students at 42 B. projects C. resources D. software engineers
Question 3: The author mentions “to design a website or a computer game” in paragraph 2 to illustrate
____.
A. a job that a French software engineer always does
B. a choice of assignment that students at 42 have to complete
C. a free resource available on the Internet D. a help that students at 42 get for their work
Question 4: What do 42's graduates receive on completion of their course?
A. a certificate B. a degree C. a project D. a design
Question 5: Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. The founders of 42 share the idea of providing free service on Facebook.
B. It normally takes 42's students at least five years to complete their course.
C. The students of 42 are required to play computer games during their course.
D. 42's peer-to-peer approach promotes active learning and working.
Question 6: According to Ms Bir, 42's graduates will be able to improve ____.
A. the skills of giving feedback B. the skills of searching for information
C. the skills of teamwork and debating D. the skills of software programming
Question 7: The word "notorious" in paragraph 5 can be best replaced by ____.
A. respectable B. incompetent C. infamous D. memorable
English 11
226
English 11
227
10. Mary is staying at a homestay during her undergraduate programme. The programme began three weeks
ago. (for)
→
_______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
_
PART 3: TEST YOURSELF
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. business B. bustle C. hundred D. number
2. A. modern B. mother C. opera D. hobby
3. A. function B. assimilation C. question D. communication
4. A. thousand B. Thailand C. theatre D. think
5. A. French B. school C. mechanic D. chemistry
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. extinction B. furniture C. applicant D. wilderness
2. A. bamboo B. offer C. student D. minute
3. A. facility B. minority C. necessary D. priority
4. A. apply B. differ C. decide D. protect
5. A. charity B. accurate C. erosion D. dangerous
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. I'm very hungry. I ____ all day.
A. didn't eat B. haven't ate C. haven't eaten D. have been eating
2. Their new kitchen looks fantastic. They ____ completely ____ it.
A. have /been redecorating B. have/redecorated
C. already /redecorated D. didn't/redecorated
3. Our kitchen's a mess. We ____ any cleaning for weeks.
A. didn't do B. haven't been doing C. have done D. haven't done
4. I think they are dating. They ____ each other a lot recently.
A. had seen B. haven't been seeing C. have been seeing D. have seen
5. We've discovered in this great café and we ____ there a lot.
A. have been going B. have gone C. are going D. have went
6. How's your Mum? I ____ her for ages.
A. had seen B. haven't seen C. haven't been seeing D. didn't see
7. You're covered in paint! What ____ you ____?
A. have / done B. were / doing C. did / do D. have / been doing
8. She's gone to the doctor's. She ____ well lately.
A. hasn't felt B. hasn't been feeling C. has felt D. doesn't feel
English 11
228
English 11
230
(4) ____ from your school about your academic (5) ____. If the universities are interested in your application,
they will offer you a place.
Any offer, however, is only conditional at this stage. Applications and interviews take (6) ____ several
months before students do their A-level examinations. These are the exams that you do at the end of your time
at school. So, when a university makes an (7) ____, it will tell you the minimum grades that you will have to
get when you do your A-level exams. If you don't obtain those grades, then, you will not be able to (8) ____
the place. It will be offered to someone else and you must apply (9) ____ to another university. You don't have
to accept your place immediately. Some students don't want to straight from school to university. (10) ____,
after they have taken their A-level, they take a year out to work or travel.
1. A. want B. make C. perform D. participate
2. A. lead B. link C. study D. lock
3. A. reply B. ban C. receive D. forward
4. A. problem B. information C. support D. present
5. A. degree B. diploma C. certificate D. record
6. A. out B. place C. in D. after
7. A. attempt B. offer C. secondary D. main
8. A. get B. make C. remind D. inquire
9. A. soon B. again C. against D. much
10. A. So B. But C. Because D. Then
VIII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow.
The system of higher education had its origin in Europe in the Middle Ages, when the first universities
were established. In modern times, the nature of higher education around the world, to some extent, has been
determined by the models of influential countries such as France and Germany.
Both France and Germany have systems of higher education that are basically administered by state
agencies. Entrance requirements for students are also similar in both countries. In France, an examination
called the baccalauréat is given at the end of secondary education. Higher education in France is free and
open to all students who have passed this baccalauréat. Success in this examination allows students to
continue their higher education for another three or four years until they have attained the first university
degree called a licence in France.
Basic differences, however, distinguish these two countries' systems. French educational districts,
called académies, are under the direction of a rector, an appointee of the national government who is also in
charge of universities in each district. The uniformity in curriculum throughout the country leaves each
university with little to distinguish itself. Hence, many students prefer to go to Paris, where there are better
accommodations and more cultural amenities for them. Another difference is the existence in France of
prestigious higher educational institutions known as grandes écoles, which provide advanced professional and
technical training. Most of these schools are not affiliated with the universities, although they too recruit their
students by giving competitive examinations to candidates. The grandes écoles provide rigorous training in all
branches of applied science and technology, and their diplomas have a somewhat higher standing than the
ordinary licence.
English 11
231
In Germany, the regional universities have autonomy in determining their curriculum under the
direction of rectors elected from within. Students in Germany change universities according to their interests
and the strengths of each university. In fact, it is a custom for students to attend two, three, or even four
different universities in the course of their undergraduate studies, and the majority of professors at a particular
university may have taught in four or five others. This high degree mobility means that schemes of study and
examination are marked by a freedom and individuality unknown in France.
France and Germany have greatly influenced higher education systems 20cd the world. The French,
either through colonial influence or the work of missionaries, introduced many aspects of their system in other
countries. The German the first to stress the importance of universities as research facilities, and they also
created a sense of them as emblems of a national mind.
Question 1. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. The nature of education around the world in modern times B. Systems of higher education in France and
Germany
C. The origin of higher education system in Europe
D. The influence of France and Germany on educational systems of other countries
Question 2. The word “uniformity” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. proximity B. discrepancy C. similarity D. uniqueness
Question 3. The word "their" in paragraph 3 refers to ____.
A. schools B. universities C. examinations D. branches
Question 4. Which of the following about grandes écoles in France is NOT stated in paragraph 3?
A. Most of them have no connection with universities.
B. They have a reputation for advanced professional and technical training.
C. Their degrees are better recognized than those provided by universities.
D. They offer better accommodations and facilities than universities.
Question 5. According to the passage, a regional university rector in Germany is elected by ____.
A. the staff of the university B. the national government officials
C. the regional government officials D. the staff of other universities
Question 6. According to paragraph 4, what makes it possible for students in Germany to attend different
universities during their undergraduate studies?
A. The university staff have become far more mobile and occupied.
B. The university's training programs offer greater flexibility and freedom of choice.
C. University tuition fees are kept at an affordable level for all students.
D. Entry requirements to universities in Germany are made less demanding.
Question 7. The word “emblems” in the final paragraph is closest in meaning to
A. representatives B. directions C. structures D. delegates
Question 8. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. Studying in France and Germany is a good choice for people of all ages and nationalities.
B. It normally takes longer to complete a university course in France than in Germany.
English 11
232
C. Universities in Germany can govern themselves more effectively than those in France.
D. The level of decentralization of higher education is greater in Germany than in France.
TEST3
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
1. A. degree B. doctorate C. graduate D. kindergarten
2. A. bachelor B. chapter C. chemistry D. teacher
3. A. culture B. student C. institution D. university
4. A. appreciate B. psychology C. programme D. respectively
5. A. academic B. apply C. apology D. achieve
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. biology B. geography C. education D. relationship
7. A. broaden B. provide C. pursue D. succeed
8. A. college B. degree C. language D. subject
9. A. analytical B. opportunity C. qualification D. university
10. A. bachelor B. diploma C. internship D. scholarship
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. It is not easy at all to get a good job without any ____ qualifications.
A. academic B. social C. great D. favourite
12. At the ____ level, you can join three-year or four-year colleges.
A. primary B. secondary C. postgraduate D. undergraduate
13. Hugh is quite worried because he hasn't ____ for the end-of-term test.
A. examined B. researched C. studied D. read
14. Any pupil caught ____ was made to stand at the front of the class.
A. misbehave B. misbehaved C. misbehaviour D. misbehaving
15. They ____ sacrifices so that their only child could have a good education.
A. made B. did C. provided D. lent
16. A university is an institution of higher education and research, which grants ____ degrees at all levels in a
variety of subjects.
A. secondary B. optional C. academic D. vocational
17. You have to be highly ____ to do well in these subjects.
A. competitive B. competitor C. competition D. competed
18. I can't cope well ____ all the homework I've got to do!
English 11
233
A. on B. of C. about D. with
19. ____ education normally provides undergraduate and postgraduate education, as well as vocational
education and training.
A. Intermediate B. Primary C. Secondary D. Tertiary
20. You'll find plenty of books on the ____ of business studies in the library.
A. lesson B. subject C. curriculum D. schedule
21. I wonder if you could tell me who was awarded the ____.
A. scholar B. scholastic C. scholarship D. scholarly
22. My dad said that I'd better spend more time on my ____.
A. student B. studied C. studious D. studies
23. He has got a degree ____ Information Technology from Oxford University.
A. in B. for C. on D. of
24. I don't really ____ the point of taking the exam when you are not ready for it.
A. annoy B. have C. see D. take
25. If you're not sure what “something” means, look it ____ in the dictionary.
A. for B. out C. at D. up
26. Mrs Dawson said that we are ____ our lesson in the library next Monday.
A. going B. having C. making D. reading
27. My dad wants me to go to university, but I'm in ____ minds about it.
A. different B. my C. some D. two
28. Yesterday, we had a discussion ____ different cultures.
A. about B. around C. for D. from
29. I still have a lot ____ about the English language.
A. for learning B. of learning C. learning D. to learn
30. Belinda missed a few months of school because of illness and found it difficult to keep ____ with her
classmates.
A. on B. off C. down D. up
31. If you need to ____ the teacher's attention, just put up your hand.
A. attract B. pay C. take D. pull
32. I did six hours of ____ for the test, but I still failed.
A. education B. survey C. revision D. training
33. Please, don't forget ____ your essays during Friday's lesson.
A. hand in B. handing in C. to hand in D. to handing in
34. Australians and New Zealanders often have a/an ____ year before going to college or after finishing high
school to travel overseas independently.
A. gap B. new C. busy D. graduation
35. It's my ____ ceremony next week; I think my parents are looking forward to it more than I am.
English 11
234
English 11
236
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the
following questions.
81. My brother has applied for that scholarship for months, but he has never succeeded yet.
A B C D
82. I have been unable to make out what the lecturer was saying because we were right at the back of the hall.
A B C D
83. I have found a lot of informations about the history of English language teaching recently.
A B C D
84. Although there were a number of significant differences between the two systems, both countries share a
A B C
commitment to high quality education.
D
85. I have never been understanding why such a lot of people want to study abroad.
A B C D
86. It is the first time the Internet has ever applied in English teaching and learning in this remote district.
A B C D
87. Due to the geographical barrier, he has been deciding to choose distance education in order to get his
A B C D
university degree.
88. Lily couldn't answer any questions in the end-of-term examination this morning, but she thinks she has
failed.
A B C D
89. I have started doing my homework when I got home from school, but I stopped to watch my favourite
music show.
A B C D
90. Prof. Daniel, who has been working in our faculty for almost 15 years, is giving a seminar on further
A B C
education to students on next Friday.
D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. 91. “Could you pass that book over to me, please?” – “____”
A. Yes, of course. B. No, why not? C. Actually, I'm busy. D. Yes, go ahead.
92. “If I were you, I would apply for the scholarship to the University of Melbourne.” – “____”
A. I'm not afraid so. B. No way! C. I guess I should. D. I hope so.
93. “I hear you've passed your exam. Congratulations!” – “____”
A. What a pity! B. You're welcome. C. I'm alright. D. Thank you.
English 11
238
English 11
239
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
One way of training for your future occupation in Germany is by pursuing a dual vocational training
programme. Such programmes offer plenty of opportunity for on-the-job training and work experience.
Programmes usually last between two and three and a half years and comprise theoretical as well as
practical elements. You will spend one or two days a week, or several weeks at once, at a vocational
school where you will acquire the theoretical knowledge that you will need in your future occupation.
The rest of the time will be spent at a company. There you get to apply your newly acquired knowledge
in practice, for example by learning to operate machinery. You will get to know what your company
does, learn how it operates and find out if you can see yourself working there after completing your
training.
This combination of theory and practice gives you a real head start into your job: by the time you have
completed your training, you will not only have the required technical knowledge, but you will also
have hands-on experience in your job. There are around 350 officially recognised training
programmes in Germany, so chances are good that one of them will suit your interests and talents. You
can find out which one that might be by visiting one of the jobs and vocational training fairs which are
organised in many German cities at different times in the year.
Employment prospects for students who have completed a dual vocational training programme are
very good. This is one of the reasons why this kind of training is very popular with young Germans:
around two thirds of all students leaving school go on to start a vocational training programme.
106. Which of the following is probably the best title of the passage?
A. Employment Opportunities and Prospects in Germany B. Higher Education System in Germany
C. Dual Vocational Training System in Germany D. Combination of Theory and Practice in Studying
in Germany
107. The word "it" in the first paragraph refers to ____.
A. company B. machinery C. knowledge D. organisation
108. Which of the following statements best describes the dual vocational training programmes?
A. These programmes consist of an intensive theoretical course of two and a half years at a vocational
school.
B. These programmes require you to have only practical working time at a certain company.
C. These programmes offer you some necessary technical skills to do your future job.
D. These programmes provide you with both theoretical knowledge and practical working experience.
109. The word "hands-on” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.
A. theoretical B. practical C. technical D. integral
110. How many German school leavers choose this vocational training programme?
A. well over 75% B. around one out of five
C. less than a third D. about 70%
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
English 11
240
Do you think education is better now than it was in your grandparents' time? Many older people in the
UK believe the opposite. “Schools were better in our day,” they complain. “There isn't enough
discipline these days. Kids don't work as hard as we did, either. The syllabus isn't as challenging, so
clever students aren't being stretched enough. They need to study things in greater depth. Exams are
much, much easier now as well.”
Were schools better years ago? Some British teenagers travelled back in time to a 1950s boarding
school. They got a big surprise! The first shock came when the teenagers met their new teachers.
Dressed in traditional black gowns, they look so frosty and uncaring! They were really authoritarian,
too, so anyone caught breaking the rules - talking in classes, mucking about in the playground or
playing truant – was in big trouble! Punishments included writing 'lines' or staying after class to do
detention. The naughtiest kids were expelled.
Things were just as bad after class. At meal times the students had to endure a diet of plain, no-
nonsense, healthy food. Homework was obligatory and it took ages! Copying essays off the Internet
wasn't an option, as personal computers didn't exist in the 1950s!
At the end of 'term' everyone sat 1950s-style exams. The old exams were much longer than their
twenty-first century equivalents and involved learning huge amounts of facts by heart. History papers
were all dates and battles. Maths papers were trickier, too; calculators weren't around in the 1950s, so
the students had to memorise multiplication tables and master long division. Our candidates found this
really difficult.
The exam results surprised a lot of people. Students predicted to do well in their real-life, twenty-first
century exams often got low grades in the 1950s exams. Does this prove modern exams are too easy?
Do twenty-first century kids rely too much on modern technology, like calculators and computers?
The TV series of That 'll teach 'em! focused on a 1960s vocational school. UK school-kids study a
range of academic subjects these days. But in the 1960s, children judged to be less ‘able' went to
vocational schools. These helped them learn job skills. Boys studied subjects like metalwork,
woodwork or gardening. In some classes, they even learned how to milk goats! The girls' timetables
included secretarial skills. They also learned to cook, clean and sew - probably not much fun for most
girls.
111. What criticism is sometimes made about modern education in the first paragraph?
A. Teachers aren't strict enough. B. The syllabus is out of date.
C. There's too much stress on exams.D. The teaching methods are not good enough.
112. The word "authoritarian” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.
A. inexperienced B. impolite C. unreasonable D. strict
113. Which of the following statements is TRUE about the food the students ate at school?
A. It wasn't cooked properly. B. It wasn't delicious.
C. It wasn't nutritious. D. There wasn't much of it.
114. The word "obligatory” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.
A. compulsory B. difficult C. long D. complicated
115. According to the passage, how did exams in the 1950s differ from those in the twenty-first century?
A They covered more subjects. B. It took students less time to do them.
English 11
241
English 11
242
How do you feel when you sit an exam? Do you always succeed in getting all your ideas down on
paper, or do you sometimes feel that you're (125) ____ a mess of it? (126) ____ from those lucky few
who sail through exams, most secondary school pupils find them very stressful. Many teachers are
(127) ____ of the problems their students face and use a different method for measuring their progress:
continuous. With continuous assessment, students are given (128) ____ tasks to do throughout the
year. All their marks are added together to produce a total mark (129) ____ the end of the year.
Students have to (130) ____ more responsibility for their education because they can't rely on doing
well on just one day. Also, they have more time to think over their work, meaning that they are able to
do their best.
125. A. doing B. having C. making D. taking
126. A. Apart B. According C. Except D. But
127. A. aware B. intelligent C. recognisable D. knowledgeable
128. A. variety B. various C. vary D. variably
129. A. at B. on C. in D. from
130. A. do B. get C. make D. take
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
131 It's only her second time in an international conference about further education.
A. It was the second time she had been in an international conference about further education.
B. She has only been in an international conference about further education once before.
C. She has never been to any international conference about further education before.
D. She has already got used to being in an international conference about further education.
132. I started writing this essay hours ago and it's still not right.
A. I have been writing this essay for hours and it's still not right.
B. It's hours ago since I last wrote this essay correctly.
C. The last time I started writing this essay was hours ago, which is still not right.
D. I didn't stop to write this essay hours ago and it's still not right.
133. “You'd better work harder if you don't want to retake the exam!” the teacher said to Jimmy.
A. The teacher advised Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.
B. The teacher ordered Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.
C. The teacher reminded Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.
D. The teacher warned Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.
134. Lisa has never studied abroad before.
A. It's the first time Lisa has ever studied abroad. B. It's the last time since Lisa studied abroad.
C. It was the first time Lisa had ever studied abroad.D. Never before Lisa has studied abroad.
135. The last time my friend wrote a letter to me was in February.
A. I haven't never received a letter from my friend since February.
English 11
243
English 11
244
English 11
245
A. GRAMMAR
Participle and to - infìnitive clauses (Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng một ngữ phân từ và động từ nguyên
mẫu có TO)
Mệnh đề quan hệ có dạng: who/ which / that + V có thể được rút gọn bằng những cách sau:
1. Dùng hiện tại phân từ V-ing (present participle)
Dùng V-ing khi mệnh đề quan hệ ở chủ động: who / which / that + V (active) →V-ing
E.g: The girl who is talking to Mr. Huy is my younger sister→The girl talking to Mr. Huy is my
younger sister. (Cô gái đang nói chuyện với Thầy Huy là em gái tôi.)
2. Dùng quá khứ phân từ V-ed/V3 (past participle)
Dùng V-PP khi mệnh đề quan hệ ở bị động: who / which / that + V (passive) →V-PP
E.g: The lamp which was made in China is five dollars. =The lamp made in China is five dollars. (Chiếc
đèn được sản xuất ở Trung Quốc có giá 5 đô la)
3. Dùng động từ nguyên mẫu có TO (to -infinitive)
Dùng to V khi:
- Danh từ phía trước đại từ quan hệ đứng trước một số từ như: the first, the second, etc., the next, the
last, the only; và đôi khi trước hình thức so sánh bậc nhất như the oldest, the most beautiful........(the
English 11
246
only, the first...) + N + relative pronouns (who/ which/ that) + V → to V (chủ động); to be PP (bị
động)
E.g: He was the first person who came here yesterday. → He was the first person to come here yesterday
(Anh ấy là người đầu tiên đến đây vào hôm qua.)
She is the only person who is called for the interview. → She is the only person to be called for the
interview.
- Động từ phía trước là HAVE/HAS để diễn tả mục đích,
E.g: He had something that he had to do. → He had something to do. (Anh ấy có một số việc phải
làm.) I have a lot of homework which I have to do now. → I have a lot of homework to do now.
+ Đầu câu có HERE (BE), THERE (BE)
E.g: There are ten messages which are sent today. → There are ten messages to be sent today.
4. Dùng cụm danh từ/ giới từ
Dùng cụm danh từ/ giới từ khi mệnh đề quan hệ có dạng:
S + BE + Noun/ Noun phrases /Prepositional phrases
Cách làm: ta bỏ who, which và be
E.g: Football, which is a popular sport, is very good for our health.
Football, a popular sport, is very good for our health.
English 11
247
Bài 3: Replace the Relative Clause by a Participle Construction while keeping the rest of the
sentence unchanged
1. The boy who was waiting in the hall expected a phone call.
Þ.
2. Passengers who wanted to go to Liverpool had to change in Manchester.
Þ.
3. The girl who was picked up by her brother was very nice.
Þ.
4. The house that stands at the end of the road will soon be sold.
English 11
248
Þ.
5. The conference which was planned by non-governmental organisations was about globalisation.
Þ.
6. Irish people who live in Great Britain have the right to vote in British elections.
Þ.
7. A friend who helps you in need is a good friend indeed.
Þ.
8. A picture that shows the image of a person is a portrait.
Þ.
9. The problems that were discussed will be essential for your exam.
Þ.
10. Animals that eat plants are called herbivores.
Þ.
English 11
249
Bài 5: Shorten these sentences without changing the order. Where it's not possible to shorten them,
write "Cannot be shortened".
1. I've just read a book that was called Life without limit.
Þ.
2. Save electricity by reducing the number of computers that are left on overnight.
Þ.
3. Did you watch the film which I recommended to you?
Þ.
4. I met Jeff last week, whom I believe you know from the office.
Þ.
5. I thought the man who was walking down the street was my neighbour.
Þ.
Bài 6: Choose the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.
1. (A) The waiter (B) whom served us yesterday (C) was polite and (D) friendly.
2. This class (A) is only (B) for people (C) who's first language (D) is not English.
3. This is (A) the boy (B) who sister (C) studied (D) with me at high school.
4. He (A) is moving to Lang Son city, (B) that is (C) in the north-east (D) of Vietnam.
5. The girl (A) whom is standing (B) over there (C) is (D) from Vietnam.
Bài 7: Choose the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.
1. He likes the dress. Linda is wearing it.
A. He likes the dress which Linda is wearing it.
B. He likes the dress Linda is wearing it.
C. He likes the dress who Linda is wearing.
D. He likes the dress Linda is wearing.
2. What was the name of the boy? You met and talked to him this morning.
A. What was the name of the boy who you met and talked to him this morning?
B. What was the name of the boy you met and talked to this morning?
C. What was the name of the boy you met and talked to whom this morning?
D. What was the name of the boy whose you met and talked to this morning?
3. The church is over 200 years old. Our class visited it last summer.
A. The church which our class visited it last summer is over 200 years old.
B. The church that our class visited it last summer is over 200 years old.
C. The church which our class visited last summer is over 200 years old.
D. The church our class visit last summer is over 200 years old.
4. The song says about the love of two young students. She is singing the song.
A. The song which she is singing it says about the love of two young students.
B. The song she is singing says about the love of two young students.
C. The song says about the love of two young students which she is singing.
D. The song says about the love of two young students that she is singing it.
5. The man is my teacher. I am grateful to him.
A. The man whom I grateful to him is my teacher.
B. The man whom I am grateful to is my teacher.
C. The man is my teacher who is grateful.
D. The man to him I am grateful is my teacher.
English 11
251
Þ.
2. The students who have been waiting for the bus in the rain are getting wet.
Þ.
3. I come from a city that is located in the southern part of the country.
Þ.
4. They live in a house that was built in the 1990s.
Þ.
5. He was the first man who left the burning building.
Þ.
6. The couple who live in the house next door are both professors.
Þ.
7. The cat which is on the table is mine.
Þ.
8. The students who left school early yesterday have to explain their reason to the teacher.
Þ.
9. Did you get the message which concerned the special meeting?
Þ.
10. Lan is the only person who was given a special gift this morning.
Þ.
English 11
252
TEST1
A. PHONETICS
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. government B. borrowing C. program D. promotion
2. A. possession B. access C. property D. American
3. A. language B. Wales C. Australia D. pronunciation
4. A. print B. Indian C. China D. mingling
5. A. English B. French C. American D. West Africa
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. beautiful B. terrific C. wonderful D. marvelous
2. A. conical B. different C. symbolic D. careful
3. A. cultural B. mischievous C. interesting D. responsible
4. A. finance B. service C. order D. company
5. A. interview B. agency C. addition D. customer
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR
I. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. If you buy stolen relics, you will help to create a black market, to lead / leading to further destruction of the
heritage site.
2. The final thing to remember / remembering is to admire the corals from a distance and not to break off
any pieces to take home as souvenirs.
3. The tour guide taking / to take us to Ha Long Bay can speak three languages.
4. At the end of this corridor there is a gate leading / leaded to the main door of the temple.
5. The Taj Mahal complex, recognized / recognizing as a World Heritage Site in 1983, includes the tomb, the
mosque, the guest house, and the main gate.
6. Here are some of the things to avoid / avoiding when visiting a heritage site.
7. Many of the items such as rings, key chains, or souvenirs are made of unusual shells or unique stones
illegally removed / to remove from the protected areas.
8. The pagoda damaged / damaging in the storm has now been rebuilt.
9. That man was selling unusual relics illegally removed / removing from the protected area of this heritage
site.
10. Visitors should avoid shops to sell / selling unusual relics from the area.
II. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below.
preservation archaeological complex cultural intact
heritage relics excavations dynasties attraction
1. A lot of ancient houses in Ho An remain ________________________ even after several hundred years.
English 11
253
2. A lot of _____________________ from ancient times are on display at the national heritage museum.
3. During the different _____________________, the Thang Long Imperial Citadel was expanded.
4. What is special about Hoi An Ancient Town is that it is in a good state of _____________________.
5. The old houses have been pulled down in order to build a modern residential _____________________.
6. These historic buildings are an important part of Hanoi's ______________________ and should be
preserved.
7. The archaeological _____________________ that led to the discovery of the ancient city lasted several
years.
8. The tour of the cave and grotto system is the main _____________________ for tourists in Phong Nha - Ke
Bang National Park.
9. At the Central Sector of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long, visitors can see the _____________________
site at 18 Hoang Dieu street and several famous monuments.
10. In December 1993, UNESCO recognised the Complex of Hue monuments as a World
_____________________ Heritage Site - the first site in Vietnam to be added to the World Heritage list.
III. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the
same line.
1. Cuc Phuong National Park is also a(n) ____________________________ zone of fauna. (ABUNDANCE)
2. A number of caves in Huong Son Complex are ________________________ sites belonging to the Hoa
Binh Culture dated back to over 10,000 years. (ARCHAEOLOGY)
3. Set in a quiet environment, Hoi An is _______________________ by peaceful villages that have crafts such
as carpentry, bronze making, and ceramic. (SURROUNDING)
4. Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park is one of the finest and most _______________________ examples of
a complex limestone landform in Southeast Asia. (DISTINCT)
5. The _________________________ work in Con Moong Cave area has been carried out for several years.
(EXCAVATE)
6. Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park can be compared to a huge _________________ museum.
(GEOLOGY)
7. Last year, we came to the heritage site and beautiful ____________________ of West Yen Tu. (LAND)
8. The Champa Kingdom was vividly _____________________ by the ruins of My Son. (ILLUSTRATE)
9. The basic architectural and landscape features of the Complex of Hue Monuments have been maintained
intact since their original _____________________ in the early 19t century. (CONSTRUCT)
10. Yen Tu is a complex of _________________ masterpieces located in a beautiful landscape.
(ARCHITECT)
IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. The guest on our show is the youngest golfer ____ the Open.
A. won B. to win C. being won D. winning
2. I have a message for people ____ by the traffic chaos.
A. to delay B. who delaying C. delayed D. who delay
English 11
254
3. The ____ items in Con Moong Cave are now kept in Thanh Hoa Museum for preservation and displaying
work.
A. excavating B. excavated C. excavation D. excavator
4. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is the only stone citadel in Southeast Asia ____ of large limestone blocks.
A. constructing B. which constructed C. to construct D. to be constructed
5. Emma Thompson is the most famous actress ____ on the stage here.
A. appeared B. appear C. appearing D. to appear
6. Have you visited the pagodas ____ on Tran Phu Street in Hoi An.
A. to lie B. lying C. lain D. lie
7. The Temple of Preah Vihear in Cambodia is composed of a series of sanctuaries ____ by a system of
pavements and starcases over an 800 metre long axis.
A. linked B. linking C. to link D. being linked
8. Cat Ba is also rich of cultural festivals and traditions that are highly potential for ____ and development.
A. research B. growth C. conservation D. promotion
9. Irresponsible tourists damaged the archaeological site and some of the relics ____ back to the last ruling
dynasty.
A. to date B. dating C. to be dated D. date
10. The ancient houses ____ by the fire are now under reconstruction.
A. to destroy B. destroying C. destroyed D. destroy
11. The boy ____ in the accident was taken to hospital.
A. injuring B. being injured C. have injured D. injured
12. Hoi An Ancient Town is preserved in a remarkably ____ state.
A. damaged B. unspoiled C. intact D. unharmed
13. Son Doong Cave, ____ in 2009, is believed to contain the world's largest cave passage.
A. first explored B. to explore first C. exploring first D. was first explored
14. The captain was the last ____ the sinking ship.
A. to leave B. that leaving C. left D. whom to leave
15. Son Doong Cave is the largest cave in the world ____ in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park.
A. which discovered B. discovering C. to discover D. to be discovered
16. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was built in the 11th century by the Ly Dynasty, ____ the independence
of Dai Viet.
A. marking B. offering C. commemorating D. bringing
17. Melanie was the only person ____ a letter of thanks.
A. wrote B. written C. to write D. writing
18. No fluorescent lights, no motorcycles, no television, on the 15th day of each lunar month, the riverside
town of Hoi An ____ modern life the night off.
A. gives B. lets C. brings D. turns
19. We came to the temple dedicated to King Dinh Tien Hoang, ____ Hoa Lu to build the citadel.
English 11
255
English 11
256
As eco-tourists, we can help to protect Ha Long Bay for future generations in several ways. For
example, by sailing or fishing with the fishermen, we can share the benefits of tourism with the local (9) ____.
This will help them to increase their income and reduce excessive fishing. We can also help local people to
learn about the significance of the mangrove forests and help them to replant the mangroves. We should also
avoid purchasing unusual souvenirs. As responsible tourists, we can (10) ____ suspected traders or vendors by
refusing to buy their illegal goods.
1. A. middle B. main C. landscape D. point
2. A. destruction B. destroyed C. destructing D. destroy
3. A. instant B. example C. accident D. result
4. A. Others B. Other C. Another D. One
5. A. making B. including C. getting D. creating
6. A. objects B. dangers C. lost D. escapes
7. A. protective B. protection C. protecting D. protected
8. A. allowing B. leading C. appointing D. sending
9. A. community B. people C. society D. human
10. A. do B. discourage C. compare D. contrast
IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer.
A rather surprising geographical feature of Antarctica is that a huge freshwater lake, one of the world's
largest and deepest, lies hidden there under four kilometers of ice. Now known as Lake Vostok, this huge
body of water is located under the ice block that comprises Antarctica. The lake is able to exist in its unfrozen
state beneath this block of ice because its waters are warmed by geothermal heat from the earth's core. The
thick glacier above Lake Vostok actually insulates it from the frigid temperatures on the surface.
The lake was first discovered in the 1970s while a research team was conducting an aerial survey of the
area. Radio waves from the survey equipment penetrated the ice and revealed a body of water of indeterminate
size. It was not until much more recently that data collected by satellite made scientists aware of the
tremendous size of the lake; the satellite-borne radar detected an extremely flat region where the ice remains
level because it is floating on the water of the lake.
The discovery of such a huge freshwater lake trapped under Antarctica is of interest to the scientific
community because of the potential that the lake contains ancient microbes that have survived for thousands
of years, unaffected by factors such as nuclear fallout and elevated ultraviolet light that have affected
organisms in more exposed areas. The downside of the discovery, however, lies in the difficulty of conducting
research on the lake in such a harsh climate and in the problems associated with obtaining uncontaminated
samples from the lake without actually exposing the lake to contamination. Scientists are looking for possible
ways to accomplish this.
Question 1: The word "hidden" in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. undrinkable B. untouched C. unexploitable D. undiscovered
Question 2: What is true of Lake Vostok?
A. It is completely frozen. B. It is saltwater lake.
C. It is beneath a thick slab of ice. D. It is heated by the sun.
English 11
258
D. WRITING
I. Rewrite the following sentences using present participle, past participle or to-infinitive.
1. Maxicorp were the only company which replied my letter.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
2. Do you know the man who is talking to my father?
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
3. Applications which were sent after 23rd will not be considered.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
4. We have a lot of exercises which we have to do tonight.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
5. Studies of her son are the most important thing that she cares about.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
English 11
259
8. The sunlight which comes through the window wakes me up early every morning.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
9. John Quincy Adams, who was born on July 11th 1767, was the sixth president of the United States.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
10. These are the ancient houses which were built a long time ago.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
TEST 2
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. study B. business C. function D. number
2. A. soft B. modern C. communication D. technology
3. A. love B. box C. hobby D. problem
4. A. gone B. go C. hot D. long
5. A. houses B. glasses C. horses D. studies
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. inaccurate B. illegal C. positive D. domestic
2. A. confident B. eternal C. dangerous D. healthier
3. A. independent B. academic C. compulsory D. unexpected
4. A secondary B. immediate C. miraculous D. domestic
5. A. simple B. polite C. formal D. instant
III. Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
1. Scholars believe that there are still relics buried under the tomb and awaiting excavation / heritage.
2. Lack of preservation / customer of this heritage building has resulted in damage to its walls.
3. The best part of our trip to the national park was the tour to many ancient / antiques ruins.
4. Phong Nha - Ke Bang has a complex geological / biological structure with different varieties of stone
5. The ruling scholar / dynasty was responsible for reuniting the kingdom.
6. Exploring / Destroying the caves and grottos in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park is the most popular
activity for visitors
7. This heritage site is famous for its beautiful scenes / scenery.
8. Visiting the Tomb of Khai Dinh, tourists will notice a mix of eastern and western dynasties / architecture.
9. Scientists working on the site found many ancient tools, tombs and pottery, and made some important
archaeological / technological discoveries.
10. The tombs are part of our historical heritage / traditions.
IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. We noticed a pile of stones ____ in the road.
A. left B. leaving C. to leave D. having left
English 11
261
2. The vegetation layers in Cat Ba Archipelago from spectacular and scenic landscapes and make the site
become ____ to all Vietnam's typical ecosystems.
A. home B. house C. scenery D. basis
3. The monuments of My Son are the most important constructions of the Champa Kingdom, ____ coast of
Central Vietnam from the 4th to the 13th centuries.
A. to flourish B. flourished C. flourishing D. to be flourished
4. A lorry ____ concrete pipes has overturned.
A. carried B. being carried C. carrying D. to carry
5. Most tourists like buying clothes, lanterns, and other handicraft ____ by local craftmen in Hoi An. C. made
A. to make B. making C. made D. make
6. The only thing ____ at the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is the stone walls.
A. to see B. seeing C. sees D. see
7. The Complex of Hue Monuments was the first site in Vietnam ____ as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO.
A. to be recognized B. be recognizing C. recognizes D. recognize
8. Located in Hoang Dieu Street, Hau Lau has ____ architecture of the Eastern and Western styles
A. abundant B. authentic C. mixed D. complex
9. The limestone in Phong Nha is not continuous, which has led to a particularly ____ shape.
A. distinctive B. similar C. genuine D. diverse
10. Near the White House is another famous landmark ____ the Washington Monument.
A. is which B. which call C. called D. it is called
11. The distinction of the Khai Dinh Tomb is the unique architecture ____ the art of Rococo and the
Vietnamese style.
A. combined B. combining C. to be combined D. which combine
12. Although some of the structures are now ____, most of the significant existing monuments have been
partially restored.
A. in danger B. at risk C. in ruins D. at war
13. The food ____ in this supermarket is very good.
A. selling B. which sold C. to sell D. sold
14. My Son Sanctuary is an area ____ with Hindu-like architecture and art.
A. covering B. covered C. which covered D. to cover
15. Most houses in Hoi An are of ____ architecture dating from the 17th to the 19th century.
A. tradition B. traditional C. ancient D. customary
16. To plant rice, farmers, ____, set young plants in the mud.
A. they wade with bare feet in the water B. who water wading in their bare feet
C. wading in the water with their bare feet D. whose bare feet wading in the water
17. The nearly 4-hour ____ from Ha Long Bay to Cat Ba Island afforded us visits to well-known caves and
beaches.
A. travel B. vacation C. boating D. cruise
English 11
262
18. Another thing that I was really impressed with Hoi An is the preservation of the whole town which is very
amazing and very ____.
A. correct B. exact C. authentic D. original
19. A fine tomb, ____, marks the grave of the poet Chaucer.
A. which in the fifteenth century was erecting B. erected in the fifteenth century
C. erecting in the fifteenth century D. being erected in the fifteenth century
20. I live in a pleasant room ____ the garden.
A. to overlook B. overlooked C. overlooking D. which overlooking
V. Fill in the gap with a suitable word to complete the passage.
THE AREA OF OLD CARVED STONES IN SA PA
The area of old carved stones in Sa Pa lies mainly in the Muong Hoa Valley, (1) __________________
there are settlements of ethnic minority people in Sa Pa District. Lao Cai Province. Carved stones here have
been discovered since a long time (2) _________________. In 1925, a French scholar coming here discovered
more than 30 pieces of stone that had been carved with various images, scattered along the Hoa Spring bank.
Later, other scientists have come here to (3) ________________ the carved pieces of stone. Until now,
researchers have discovered more than 200 (4) ________________ of stone carved with different images,
among them are the big ones which have complicated designs.
The (5) _________________ common patterns are images of mountains, hills and fields. In one pieces
of one, we can find images of houses, following the patter of house on site with the form of bond with curved
roof, reminding the image of here on the Dong Son bronze (6) ________________.
Particularly, a (7) ________________ of researchers have raised the hypothesis of traces of 3 kinds of
writing system, following the pattern of pictorial writing with straight and curved lines. There are writing
systems almost (8) ________________ to the writing systems found on amulets of Tay ethnic group and Dao
ethnic group, but they are not Tay characters. The discovery of 3 above kinds of writing system on carved
pieces of stones makes more complicated the determination of the author of those works. Maybe those authors
(9) ________________ to many different ethnic minorities and have achieved their works in different times.
There are opinions underlining that those pieces of stone have been carved by the old Viet people. At
present, there remain a number of (10) ________________ about the “Father piece” and “Mother piece” of
stone related to inhabitants of the areas lying at the mountain foot coming here to find new settlements.
However, the problem of determination of the real authors of those works is still to be solved.
VI. Choose the word in the box to complete the text.
performs meeting nature skill attacked
set sessions rocky construction considering
The citadel of the Ho Dynasty was built according to the Feng Shui principles, (1)
_________________
the flowering of neo-Confucianism in the late 14th century in Vietnam and its spread to other (2)
____________ of East Asia. According to these principles, it was located in a landscape of great (3)
________________ beauty on an axis (4) ______________ the Tuong Son and Don Son Mountains in a plain
between the Ma and Buoi Rivers. In terms of architectural history, the citadel of the Ho Dynasty (5)
________________ an important role in the planning and building of urban areas in Vietnam. It shows the
English 11
263
uniqueness in the (6) _________________ of a citadel in general and a stone citadel in particular, and a
breakthrough in Vietnam's tradition of citadel building.
Thanks to the unique construction techniques, all the (7) _________________ stone sections are intact
and have not been (8) __________________ by time and weather or by recent urban encroachment. The
citadel of the Ho Dynasty is an architectural (9) _________________ of the 14 th century with impressive
architecture of the walls and other parts. The citadel buildings represent an outstanding example of a new (10)
________________ of Southeast Asian imperial city with a combination between the Vietnamese architecture
and the unique building techniques of Southeast Asia and Eastern Asia.
II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
HOI AN ANCIENT TOWN
Arriving in Hoi An around 9 p.m, I was really relieved when I discovered that the (1) ____ town was
peacefully quiet, something I am really (2) ____ is that Hoi An at night may become crazy club scenes. In the
next morning, I woke up very early, and walked around the town admiring waterfront areas where local
fishermen were ready to go out for day fishing, the very lively market and extremely ring and empty streets.
(3) ____ there was no tourist, only locals then and the souvenir shops were still close, I felt that Hoi An at that
moment was an extremely gorgeous place to visit.
The yellowish Chinese styled houses along the street together with decorative bushes of bougainvillea
flower are lovely sights and very (4) ____. The layout of houses was claimed to be unique for not strictly
complied with Feng Shui but for benefit of better ventilation in tropical region. Another thing that I am really
(5) ____ is the preservation of the whole town which is very amazing and very authentic, which is a thing that
cannot be found in Melaka, Singapore or Macao. The Japanese Bridge is maybe the only sight that I found
very interesting for its stories that the Japanese built this bridge in (6) ____ to calm evil serpent spirit
"Namazu" that caused earthquake in very faraway Japan since they believe Hoi An is located on the back of
the serpent. I strangely found that there are still many nice temples, (7) ____ the one dedicate to Confucius
which has more unique and interesting Vietnamese elements more than the preserved one in the core zone.
I also (8) ____ that Hoi An is not only popular with European tourists but also Korean, Japanese,
Australian and New Zealander. After sunset, the whole town waterfront becomes a night market with many
local foods. And at that time Hoi An is very charming with hundreds of paper and (9) ____ lanterns. Hoi An at
night seems to be a very popular place for pre-wedding photo shooting, as I saw many Vietnamese couples in
their traditional dresses with their photographer teams everywhere especially around the Japanese Bridge, so a
great place to see local contemporary weeding cultures.
All in all, I really enjoyed my time in Hoi An for its lovely (10) ____ nice townscape.
Note: - bougainvillea flower = hoa giấy
- townscape = cảnh quan thành phố
1. A. middle B. mainly C. whole D. major
2. A. neglected B. concerned C. noticed D. protected
3. A. Because B. As C. For D. Since
4. A. photograph B. photographer C. photogenic D. photography
5. A. impressing B. impressed C. impressive D. impression
English 11
264
TEST3
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
English 11
265
English 11
266
22. Sri Lanka has some fantastic beaches – miles after miles of golden sand and ____ water.
A. crystal clear B. crystal clean C. light blue D. navy blue
23. The travel agent wasn't to ____ for the overbooking.
A. accuse B. charge C. blame D. claim
24. When I worked as a waiter, the hotel manager found ____ with everything I do.
A. blame B. complaint C. fault D. criticism
25. It can be quite busy here during the tourist ____.
A. period B. phase C. stage D. season
26. I always enjoy our school ____ to France.
A. excursion B. journey C. trip D. travel
27. Captain Cook discovered Australia on a ____ to the Pacific.
A. voyage B. cruise C. travel D. tour
28. The sunset over Niagara Fall is really a magnificent ____.
A. look B. sign C. view D. sight
29. The hotel where we are ____ is quite luxurious.
A. staying B. existing C. remaining D. living
30. Passengers requiring a special meal during the flight should inform the airline in ____.
A. ahead B. advance C. front D. forward
31. We usually do go by train, even though the car ____ is a lot quicker.
A. travel B. trip C. voyage D. journey
32. The area near the palace gates was ____ with tourists.
A. full B. crowded C. flooded D. covered
33. From the top of the cathedral tower there are some spectacular ____ of the surrounding countryside.
A. sights B. sites C. views D. scenery
34. She didn't enjoy the Mediterranean ____ at all; she was seasick most of the time.
A. cruise B. tour C. voyage D. trip
35. Known as 'Ha Long Bay on Land', Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is famous for its mountains,
caves, and archaeological ____.
A. excavations B. sites C. relics D. heritages
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s)in each of the following questions.
36. The balance and harmonious blending of various elements contribute to Taj Mahal's unique beauty.
A. successful B. agreeable C. tasteful D. fitting
37. My Son Sanctuary is a large complex of religious relics comprising more than 70 architectural works such
as towers, temples, and tombs.
A. royal B. precious C. holy D. valuable
English 11
267
38. In addition to exploring the caves and grottos, and seeing its flora and fauna, visitors can also enjoy
mountain climbing.
A. flowers and plants B. plants and animals
C. plants and vegetation D. flowers and grass
39. Ha Long Bay has attracted millions of visitors who come to enjoy its breathtaking views and experience
other activities.
A. unbreathable B. heartbreaking C. awe-inspiring D. unforgettable
40. They can enjoy the -comfort and elegance of five-star hotels and luxury cruise ships.
A. style B. convenience C. standard D. grace
41. Most of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long was demolished in the early 20th century.
A. rebuilt B. pulled down C. put up D. pulled up
42. Taj Mahal is a giant mausoleum of white marble in Arga, India. It is considered to be an outstanding work
of art.
A. noticeable B. attractive C. brilliant D. significant
43. Recognised as a World Heritage Site in 1983, the Taj Mahal Complex, including the tomb, mosque, guest
house, and main gate, has preserved the original qualities of the buildings.
A. initial B. ancient C. unique D. perfect
44. As visitors explore this magnificent place, there are always new surprises for them.
A. interesting B. strange C. impressive D. unusual
45. The mausoleum represents the greatest architectural and artistic achievement of Muslim art.
A. contains B. includes C. claims D. embodies
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Though built almost five hundred years ago, the church remained practically intact.
A. in perfection B. in ruins C. in chaos D. in completion
47. Tourists can do and see a lot in Ha Long Bay at a reasonable price.
A. inexpensive B. affordable C. cheap D. exorbitant
48. The major stone sections of the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty remain intact thanks to the unique construction
techniques.
A. special B. common C. excellent D. ancient
49. The Imperial Citadel of Thang Long was first built during the Ly Dynasty and then expanded by
subsequent dynasties.
A. following B. successive C. preceding D. next
50. Visitors with more abundant travel budgets can enjoy the comfort of five-star hotels and luxury cruise
ships.
A. huge B. plentiful C. mean D. tight
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
English 11
268
English 11
269
66. Southern Spain's Costa del Sol, ____ from Nerja in the east to Manilva in the west, is one of the most
fascinating tourist areas in the world.
A. stretches B. stretching C. stretched D. being stretched
67. As well as its beautiful sun-soaked beaches and excellent gastronomy, the region boasts no fewer than
thirty golf courses, ____ amateurs and professionals alike with year-round golfing opportunities.
A. provides B. provided C. providing D. is provas
68. The Saga Rose is a good-looking ship. ____ in 1965, she is highly regarded by marine experts for her
elegant lines.
A. Launching B. Was launched C. To launch D. Launched
69. I took up salsa, ____ by dance teacher, Thabo, who made us believe we were good enough to perform in
front of passengers and crew.
A. was inspired B. inspiring C. inspired D. was inspiring
70. The electromagnetic fields can also cause responses in the brain, ____ observers into thinking they are
seeing even more vivid impressions.
A. tricking B. tricks C. trick D. tricked
71. Henry VIII of England was the only king ____ six times.
A. to marry B. married C. was married D. marrying
72. Travellers are faced with a lot of destinations ____ from.
A. choosing B. choose C. to be choosing D. to choose
73. I think China will be the next country ____ the Olympic Games.
A. who host B. hosting C. to host D. hosted
74. At 24, William Pitt was the youngest person ____ Prime Minister.
A. becoming B. to become C. became D. was become
75. Tourists ____ the train from London to Stratford have to change at Coventry.
A. take B. taking C. to take D. who takes
76. The capital city of Ecuador was the first city in the world ____ a World Heritage Site by UNESCO.
A. to declare B. declared C. declaring D. to be declared
77. Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is the 8th World Heritage in Viet Nam ____ by UNESCO.
A. to be recognised B. to recognise C. recognising D. recognised
78. The London Tower Bridge, ____ 244 metres long, is a World Heritage Site.
A measures B. measured C. measuring D. is measured
79. Scholars believe that there are still relics ____ under the tomb and awaiting to be excavated.
A. burying B. buried C. are burying D. are buried
80. ____ the email - supposedly from Boyd's Bank - to be genuine, she was tricked into disclosing her credit
card details.
A. Believe B. Being believed C. To believe D. Believing
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the
following questions.
English 11
270
81. Breaking her leg the last time she went, Laura decided not to go on the school trip this year.
A B C D
82. Lived here for seven years, my friend volunteers to act as tour guide for us all on our city break.
A B C D
83. We found a hotel, we looked for somewhere to have dinner.
A B C D
84. ‘Wait a minute,' said Tom, ran through the door.
A B C D
85. Amy seems like a bright student. She's always the first to be finished her work.
A B C D
86. Annoying by the receptionist's behaviour, they decided not to stay in that hotel.
A B C D
87. We decided not to travel, having been heard the terrible weather forecast.
A B C D
88. Having imported from America, the fruit was expensive.
A B C D
89. Barbara has now written a successful biography though know mainly as a novel writer.
A B C D
90. The book publishing last week is her first novel about a World Heritage Site in Viet Nam.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. 91. “I'm not hot. I'm absolutely roasting” – “____”
A. You lucky thing! I'm sure you'll enjoy it. B. Let's go and cool down in the sea.
C. You'll get a lovely suntan. D. Maybe you've got a sun stroke.
92. “Why don't you take your T-shirt off?” – “____”
A. That sounds like a good idea. B. Yes, let's take it off.
C. No, of course not. It's boiling here. D. Because I don't want to get sunburnt.
93. “____” – “That's a good idea! Then we'll still have a couple of hours left.”
A. I'd like to suggest we see the Imperial first. Then we'll have more time for the second attraction.
B. Why don't we see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second attraction.
C. What do you think about we see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second
attraction.
D. How about see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second attraction.
94. “____” – “I'd like to see a cultural one.”
A. Would you like to visit a natural or a cultural world heritage site?
B. Which site is worth visiting in Hue? The Citadel or the Royal Tombs?
English 11
271
C. Would you like to go to Tomb of Minh Mang or the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty?
D. Do you prefer seeing the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty or Tomb of Minh Mang
95. “Can you recommend a good guest house in this area?” – “____”
A. I know. I prefer a B&B round the corner. B. Yes, there's a nice B&B round the corner.
C. Wow! It's very kind of you to ask me. D. Let's stop at the first hotel we find.
96. “____” – “Why don't we thumb a lift?”
A Where shall we stay? Can you recommend a good place in town?
B. How can we carry all this luggage by ourselves? It's too heavy for us.
C. Poor us! We've spent a whole day on the road.
D. How are we going to get home? We haven't got enough money for a taxi.
97. “Last year, we went to one of those resorts where everything - food and drink - is free.” – “____”
A. Wow! I didn't realise you were such snobs!
B. Really? I prefer to go somewhere a bit quieter.
C. It sounds great. I've never been on an all-inclusive holiday.
D. If you want all your meals and drinks included, you can stay on an all-inclusive basis.
98. “My back feels sore. Does it look a bit red?” – “____”
A. Yes, it does. I think you'll get a lovely suntan.
B. Yes, it does. Probably you should go for a swim.
C. Yes, it does. It's important to go for a paddle.
D. Yes, it does. Perhaps you should keep out of the sun for the rest of the day.
99. “____” – “No, not yet. I might call in at the travel agent's on the way home and pick up a few brochures.”
A. Have you decided where you're going on holiday this year?
B. Have you booked the flight tickets for your holiday this year?
C. Have you discussed whether or not to go on holiday this year?
D. All are correct.
100. “I'm really fed up with work at the moment. I need a break.” – “____”
A. Why shouldn't you take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam?
B. I would advise you to take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam.
C. Why don't you take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam?
D. You're highly recommended taking next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or
Amsterdam.
101. “Are you going to Wales again this year?” – “____”
A. I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
B. Not likely! I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
C. Sure! I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
D. Actually, I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
102. “____” – “Glorious! Warm and sunny every day.”
English 11
272
A. What was the beach like? B. What was the weather like?
C. What was the hotel like? D. What were the people like?
103. “____” – “Well, most of the citadel was demolished in the early 20th century.”
A. Is it still intact or in ruins? B. Has it been pulled down?
C. Is it a significant geological site? D. What has happened to it?
104. “____” – “Let's go to the Citadel.”
A. Is the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty a natural or cultural world heritage site?
B. Shall we go to the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty or do you want to see another site?
C. When is the best time to visit the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty? In spring or summer?
D. Why do you recommend the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty? Is there anything special?
105. “Why is Taj Mahal considered to be an outstanding work of art?” – “____”
A. Because it was built by order of the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan in memory of his favourite wife.
B. Because legend has it that Shah Jahan made a promise to build his wife the most beautiful tomb ever
known.
C. As acknowledged by UNESCO, it represents the greatest architectural and artistic achievement of
Muslim art.
D. Because the Taj Mahal Complex, including the tomb, mosque, guest house, and main gate has
preserved the original qualities of the buildings.
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
TOURISM
Tourism is a big business. Millions of people around Europe spend their winters planning their
destinations for the following summer, and their summers (106) ____ to foreign climes for two weeks
in the sun. They are the modern-day descendants of the aristocrats and the wealthy who would (107)
____ months to complete the “Grand Tour” of Europe. But unlike their forefathers, tourists these days
get a bad press. They're not (108) ____ in the local culture, we're (109) ____; they're just after the
chance to behave a bit more wildly than they do at home. What's more, they damage the local
environment and don't respect the locals and their (110) ____ of life.
But are tourists really to (111) ____? Or is it the (112) ____ of the tourist industry, which has (113)
____ to provide reasonably-priced alternatives? And if the local resort only offers a succession of bars
for the tourists to visit, can we really (114) ____ them for not doing more cultural activities?
One holiday company, Far and Away, (115) ____ that tourists are crying out for more cultural holidays
and believes that it has (116) ____ to come up with a range of package holidays which are affordable,
culturally interesting, and environmentally friendly. Their brochure, which is to be (117) ____ later this
month, offers 200 holidays based on cultural themes, including history and architecture, learning the
language, meeting the locals.
106. A taking away B. moving away C. taking off D. jetting off
107. A. spend B. make C. take D. pass
English 11
273
how gloriously Australian is that? Even after a day's surfing, the $50 note you left in your surfing
shorts is still OK to buy you beer! And the news item that during a recent tsunami warning, the surfers
at Bondi Beach refused to leave the sea: what, and miss the ride of their lives? Or the stern warning at
the hand luggage X-ray machine at Alice Springs airport: "No jokes must be made whilst being
processed by this facility' - to forestall, no doubt, disrespectful Aussie comments: 'You won't find the
bomb, mate. It's in my suitcase.’
The more I travel, the clearer it seems that the truth of a place is in the tiny details of everyday life, not
in its most glorious statues or scenery. Put down your camera, throw away your list, the real wonders
of the world number indefinitely more than 25.
123. What does the author mean by ‘the prescribed tourist manner’ in paragraph 2?
A. They are all backpackers.
B. They are all wealthy travellers.
C. They are all interested in seeing the wonders of the world.
D. They all eat, drink and do the same things at the sites of the world wonders.
124. What did the author think or feel after seeing the sunset over Ayer Rock?
A. She thought it was pretty good.
B. She felt exhausted, empty, and bored.
C. She thought that was enough.
D. She thought this rock was the definitive sunset rock event.
125. Why does she think that Uluru is probably the last 'wonder of the world' she will see?
A. She doesn't like wandering around the wonders.
B. She doesn't enjoy the Imperial Palace Tour Guide.
C. She doesn't like watching the wonder through a camera.
D. She doesn't want to explore the sites the way people around her do.
126. What kind of tourists is she criticising when she says 'eyes are not good enough' in paragraph 4?
A. those who stand grumpily at the back of the group
B. those who wander enchanted through the site
C. those who look at the wonders through their cameras
D. those who lack a recording facility
127. According to the author, what do a lot of backpackers carry with them nowadays?
A. books with helpful titles B. books that are bestsellers
C. copies of must-see sights D. little pencils
128. The author compares visiting the main tourist sights to ____.
A. armaments B. Pharmaceuticals
C. a trip highlight D. a duty visit to a dull relative
129. What does she mean by `the Great Barrier Reef reproached us' in paragraph 6?
A. The Great Barrier Reef is worth visiting if you are in Australia.
B. It is fine to visit the Great Barrier Reef when you are in Australia.
English 11
276
C. It seems wrong not to visit the Great Barrier Reef once you are in Australia.
D. The Great Barrier Reef is an unforgettable sight in Australia.
130. All of the following are mentioned in the article as memorable aspects of Australia EXCEPT ____.
A. banknotes made of waterproof plastic
B. the fine visit to the Great Barrier Reef
C. the surfers at Bondi Beach refusing to leave the sea despite tsunami warning
D. the stern warning at the hand luggage X-ray machine at Alice Springs airport.
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
131. Visitors come to admire the relics that were excavated from the ancient tombs.
A. Visitors come to admire the relics excavating from the ancient tombs.
B. Visitors come to admire the relics excavated from the ancient tombs.
C. Visitors come to admire the relics being excavated from the ancient tombs.
D. Visitors come to admire the relics to be excavated from the ancient tombs.
132. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, which is located in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's World
Heritage List in 2011.
A. Locating in Thanh Hoa Province, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty was added to UNESCO's World
Heritage List in 2011.
B. Located in Thanh Hoa Province, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty was added to UNESCO's World
Heritage List in 2011.
C. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, that is located in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's
World Heritage List in 2011.
D. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, locating in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's World
Heritage List in 2011.
133. The Complex of Hue Monuments, which lies along the Perfume River in Hue City, is a good example of
a well-designed capital city.
A. The Complex of Hue Monuments, laying along the Perfume River in Hue City, is a good example
of a well-designed capital city.
B. Laying along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good example of
a well-designed capital city.
C. Lying along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good example of
a well-designed capital city.
D. Laid along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good example of a
well-designed capital city.
134. He has been living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
A. Living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
B. Being lived with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
English 11
277
C. Has lived with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
D. Having been living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking to a place close to his
university.
135. After we had chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
A. Chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
B. Choosing a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
C. Having chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
D. Having prepared for the trip, we chose a destination for our holiday.
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences
in the following questions.
136. A picture was stolen by art thieves. It was painted by Munch.
A. Stolen by art thieves, a picture was painted by Munch.
B. Painted by Munch, a picture was stolen by art thieves.
C. A picture painted by Munch was stolen by art thieves.
D. All are correct.
137. You can see Velazquez in this painting. He is standing in the background.
A. Standing in the background, you can see Velazquez in this painting.
B. You can see Velazquez, who is standing in the background, in this painting.
C. You can see Velazquez standing in the background in this painting.
D. Both B and C are correct.
138. The sculpture represents the biblical King David. It was carved in the early 1500s.
A. The sculpture carved in the early 1500s represents the biblical King David.
B. The sculpture, carved in the early 1500s, represents the biblical King David.
C. Represented the biblical King David, the sculpture was carved in the early 1500s.
D. Being represented the biblical King David, the sculpture was carved in the early 1500s.
139. Cats is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain. It was written by Andrew Lloyd Webber.
A. Written by Andrew Lloyd Webber, Cats is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain.
B. Cats, written by Andrew Lloyd Webber, is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain.
C. Cats, one of the longest-running musicals in Britain, was written by Andrew Lloyd Webber.
D. All are correct.
140. The Matrix was released in 1999. It stars Keanu Reeves.
A. Releasing in 1999, The Matrix stars Keanu Reeves.
B. Released in 1999, The Matrix stars Keanu Reeves.
C. The Matrix released in 1999 stars Keanu Reeves.
D. Both B and C are correct.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
English 11
278
English 11
279
English 11
280
- Khi chủ ngữ là Đại từ bất định chỉ vật: Nothing, anything, something everything được thay thế bằng “It” ở
câu hỏi đuôi.
Ex: Everything will be all right, won't it?
- Khi chủ ngữ là Đại từ bất định chỉ người: No one, nobody, anyone, anybody, someone, somebody,
everybody, everyone được thay thế bằng “They” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
Ex: Someone remembered to leave the messages, didn't they?
Note: Nothing, Nobody, No one được dùng trong mệnh đề chính, động từ câu hỏi đuôi sẽ phải ở dạng khẳng
định. (Vì Nothing, Nobody, No one có nghĩa phủ định)
Ex: Nothing gives you more pleasure than listening to music, does it?
5. This/ That được thay thế là “It”.
Ex: This won't take long, will it?
6. These/ Those được thay thế là “They”.
Ex: Those are nice, aren't they?
7. Khi trong câu nói có từ phủ định như: seldom, rarely, hardly, no, without, never, few, little... phần
đuôi phải ở dạng khẳng định.
Ex: He seldom goes to the movies, does he?
8. Nếu câu phát biểu có dạng:
- You’d better → câu hỏi đuối sẽ là: hadn't you?
- You’d rather → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là: Wouldn’t you?
- You used to → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là: didn’t you?
- S + ought to + V, oughtn't + S?
9. Câu đầu là “wish’ thì ta dùng “May” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
Ex: I wish to study English, may I?
English 11
282
English 11
283
5. The government is making plans to _______________________ sensors and cameras in the city centre to
detect traffic problems and help drivers to avoid traffic jams. (INSTALLMENT)
6. It's urgent to upgrade the city's transport ________________________ because almost all the roads get
flooded after heavy rain. (INFRASTRUCTURAL)
7. We can improve the quality of life of the inhabitants by _______________________ pollution. (REDUCE)
8. City dwellers can enjoy better health care than people living in the _______________________, but they
are usually busier and more stressed because of the city's fast pace of life. (COUNTRY)
9. They are building a new waste ________________________ plant to treat wastewater before it is reused or
discharged into rivers. (PROCESS)
10. Be _______________________ for overcrowded streets and shopping malls when you visit big cities like
Hong Kong and Beijing. (PREPARE)
V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. ____ there are some more ideas, we can end the meeting now.
A. Unless B. If C. As if D. In case
2. "It's really raining." - "Yes. If the weather ____, we'll have to camp somewhere else.”
A. would get worse B. might get worse C. get worse D. should get worse
3. If anyone ____, ____ him I ____ back at 9 o'clock.
A. calls / tell / will be B. called / telling / would be
C. is calling / tells / am D. will call / to tell / am
4. If she asks for money, I ____ her.
A. will give B. gave C. would give D. would have given
5. If I ____ this exam, I'll go to the university next summer.
A. pass B. to pass C. had passed D. passed
6. As we move toward 2050, we are facing the consequences of ____ urbanization and population growth.
A. promoting B. improving C. moving D. accelerating
7. Studies reveal that food production will need to increase by 70 percent to ____ the over 9 billion people on
Earth.
A. give B. supply C. provide D. feed
8. New York has invested substantially in improving the ____ of its waterways in recent years.
A. quality B. quantity C. level D. feature
9. China has already been experimenting with ways to make its cities more ____ for the last two decades.
A. sustainable B. harmless C. continued D. natural
10. China has already been experimenting with ways to make its cities more ____ for the last two decades.
A. sustain B. sustainable C. survival D. available
11. Don't leave anything behind, ____?
A. do you B. don't you C. will you D. shall we
12. That isn't Bill driving, ____?
A. is it B. is that C. isn't that D. isn't it
English 11
284
15. We do not oppose the urban situations as they exist today, _______________________?
16. One billion children are deprived of one or more services essential to survival and development,
__________________?
C. READING
I. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.
Silicon Valley is (1) ____________ to hundreds of technology companies, so it comes as no surprise
that San Jose has partnered with technological giant Intel to transform itself (2) ______________ a smart city.
San Jose and Intel will work (3) ____________ to further the city's Green Vision initiative - a 15-year plan for
economic growth, and improve (4) ____________ of life - which it launched in 2007.
Intel expects to help San Jose create 25,000 clean-tech jobs, drive economic growth, and improve the
city's environmental (5) _____________. To achieve this (6) ____________ Intel will work with the city to
track real-time data on air quality, noise pollution, traffic flow, and other environmental and (7)
_____________ concerns which it will then use to encourage (8) _______________ to reduce emissions by
using public transportation or bicycles to get to work or school.
Smart cities may sound like something of the distant future (9) ____________ many people thought
the same thing about smartphones and smart homes. Up to now, over 70 percent of American adults have
owned a smartphone and 1.9 billion smart home devices have been installed. If smart cities are (10)
____________ like these other smart innovations, we will see them appear in our communities sooner rather
than later.
II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.
self-driven decrease estimate circuits intelligent
booming technology digitization non-renewable advancements
The cities of the future will see a large number of (1) __________________ homes that can
communicate with their owners. In fact, things that were earlier considered science fiction are already coming
to life in smart cities such as Masdar in the United Arab Emirates, where an automated underground transport
network fully by solar power is already running (2) __________________.
With smart (3) __________________, the possibility of having huge savings on electricity and power
is within our reach. Sensors are being developed so that street lights of the future will switch on only when
you are close by. The smart technology in (4) ___________________ cars will enable you to save on gas and
other (5) __________________ energy sources. In fact, smart cities will aim to neutralize the use of fossil
fuels completely.
The cities of the future will have to adapt quickly to rapid technological (6) __________________
in IT and engineering. The gap between technological leaps is going to (7) __________________ over time.
Technology will help bridge the current gap between the government and public in the cities of the future,
given that IT and (8) __________________ will make these cities more open and social.
Another thing that we can all agree on is that the cost of building in these smart cities is going to be
considerable. An (9) ____________________ can be derived based on the latest smart city developments in
India. With the (10) ___________________ population, the Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi is pushing
to attract investments to fuel rapid development projects in the country.
English 11
286
III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage. PREDICTIONS ABOUT THE CITIES OF THE FUTURE
Cities are built to (1) ____ and prosper. Over the years, we have learned to transform our surroundings
according to our needs. We have (2) ____ through mountains to make more land and created artificial islands
to make skyscrapers. City planning, as an organized profession, has existed for less than a century. (3) ____, a
considerable (4) ____ of evidence (both archaeological and historical) proves the existence of fully planned
cities in ancient times. Over the years, humans have made some mistakes in terms of using an excessive
amount of resources for cities. This gives rise to the question of (5) ____ sustainable the cities of the future
would be.
We might be (6) ____ at smart cities in which street lights would only switch on when you are close
(7) ____ traffic light would be eliminated by smart driving. The cities of the future would try to save our
resources (8) ____ than deplete them.
An example of an advanced city is Kansas. Plans are in place to make Kansas a smart futuristic city in
the future. Planners are considering introducing sensors to monitor the water mains. Warning would be issued
to city officials when the (9) ____ requires repair or replacement. In this way, the city would never be at risk
of having broken pipes.
While the idea sounds fantastic, a large amount of rational critique has called this plan an oversold
dream. Amy Glasmier is an urban planning professor at MIT. She is a smart city skeptic who believes that all
the research and talk is great but gravely (10) ____.
1. A. find B. act C. survive D. celebrate
2. A. experience B. cut C. decrease D. pollute
3. A. But B. Therefore C. Although D. However
4. A. number B. amount C. percent D. static
5. A. what B. how C. when D. which
6. A. looked B. look C. looking D. looks
7. A. at B. by C. of D. from
8. A. rather B. more C. would D. less
9. A. requests B. research C. infrastructure D. dependence
10. A. consider B. future C. urban D. oversold
IV. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
Today's urban cities are practically bursting at the seams. According to research from the United
Nations, 54 percent of the world's population lives in urban cities areas, a percentage that is expected to
increase to over 66 percent by 2050. In fact, India alone is projected to add 404 million urban dwellers to its
population by 2050.
This rapid growth of the urban population has caused daunting problems for city planners, such as
overcrowded roads, excessive energy consumption and unemployment. Therefore, to build more sustainable
cities and accommodate the growing number of residents, many city leaders are turning to the Internet of
things (IoT).
The IoT has forever changed the way urban cities operate. Cities that were once detached and
inaccessible are now intelligent and highly connected. From Amsterdam to Seoul, cities are launching smart
English 11
287
city projects to help improve quality of life residents and better support the environment. According to
research from IHS Technology, there will be at least 88 smart cities globally by 2025, up from 21 in 2013.
San Francisco, for example, provides more than 100 charging stations in various locations to promote
the use of hybrid and electric cars to reduce harmful greenhouse gas emissions. Copenhagen is also taking
advantage of the lot to improve environmental protection and reduce road traffic by developing smart bikes
equipped with sensors that generate date on air contamination and traffic congestion.
The possibilities afforded by the IoT are endless; however, designing smart cities quires
comprehensive technology infrastructure that is capable of capturing and processing large amounts of data
quickly and securely - which is where 4G LTE comes into play.
The future looks bright for urban cities. Soon they will be able to do things that only sci-fi enthusiasts
could dream of before, like monitoring bridge conditions using intelligent sensors and conserving energy by
automatically dimming street lights when no one is around.
1. Some cities which follow this trend of the new technology ____.
A. introduce smart bikes to escape air contamination and traffic congestion
B. provide charging stations in various locations for cars and bikes
C. make transportation more eco-friendly and more convenient
D. only allow the use of hybrid and electric cars to reduce pollution
2. All of the following are the advantages of the IoT EXCEPT that ____
A. the Internet of Things will be applied in several cities around the world
B. the number of smart cities decreases but the quality is much better
C. cities around the world become more intelligent and connected
D. we may improve quality of life and better support the environment
3. Today's urban cities ____.
A. are in fact extremely crowded B. are bursting around the world
C. account for 66 percent of the world's population D. have more 404 million dwellers by 2050
4. The potential of the IoT includes all of the following EXCEPT that ____.
A. intelligent sensors can help watch and check bridge conditions carefully
B. energy conservation can be done by automatically controlling street lights
C. things that only sci-fi enthusiasts could dream of before come true
D. comprehensive technology infrastructure to support the IoT is endless
5. The Internet of Things allows the city planners and leaders ____.
A. to develop the broadband Internet connectivity in urban cities
B. to forget daunting problems, such as overcrowded roads, and unemployment
C. to stop the rapid growth of the urban population in most cities
D. to make cities more sustainable and provide enough accommodation
D. WRITING
I. Rewrite these sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. I don't buy it because I don't have enough money.
English 11
288
→ If I
______________________________________________________________________________
2. I didn't buy it because I didn't have enough money.
→ I would
___________________________________________________________________________
3. There was a test yesterday. I didn't know that, so I didn't study for it.
→ If I
______________________________________________________________________________
4. I'm busy right now, so I can't help you.
→ I could
___________________________________________________________________________
5. He's very thin, that's why he feels so cold.
→ If he
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. I didn't eat breakfast several hours ago, so I am hungry now.
→ If I
______________________________________________________________________________
7. If John had played for our football team, we would not have lost the game.
→ Unless
___________________________________________________________________________
8. If I won a big prize in a lottery, I'd give up my job.
→ Unless
___________________________________________________________________________
9. If you don't like this one, I'll bring you another.
→ Unless
___________________________________________________________________________
10. I'll only help you if you promise to try harder.
→ Unless
___________________________________________________________________________
11. If she doesn't work harder, she'll lose her job.
→ She'll
____________________________________________________________________________
12. You can use my car, but have to keep it carefully.
→ Provided
_________________________________________________________________________
13. If the work is finished by lunch, you can go home.
→ Get
______________________________________________________________________________
14. Keeping calm is the secret of passing your driving test.
English 11
289
→ As long as
________________________________________________________________________
15. You must work harder or you won't pass the exam.
→ You won't
________________________________________________________________________
PART 3: TEST YOURSELF
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. Italy B. Spanish C. Italian D. Japanese
2. A. say B. day C. pay D. saw
3. A. poor B. floor C. moor D. boor
4. A. sky B. Indian C. China D. mile
5. A. English B. empty C. medicine D. West
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. prisoner B. difficult C. exercise D. disaster
2. A. improvement B. occasion C. believe D. interest
3. A. influential B. opportunity C. temperament D. expectation
4. A. picture B. number C. water D. advice
5. A. organize B. embarrass C. discourage D. surrounding
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. Your brother's here, ____?
A. is he B. are he C. isn't he D. aren't he
2. That was Ann on the phone, ____?
A. was it B. was that C. wasn't that D. wasn't it
3. Tom didn't see her, ____?
A. did Tom B. did he C. do Tom D. does he
4. Mary wasn't angry, ____?
A. was she B. is she C. wasn't she D. was Mary
5. Susan doesn't like oysters, ____?
A. did she B. does she C. doesn't she D. she does
6. Nothing serious will be expected in the process of building our smart city, ____?
A. will it B. won't it C. will they D. won't they
7. Since 2007, Boston police have been using Shotspotter, a system that allows them to ____ the location of
shots fired immediately.
A. detect B. select C. collect D. realize
8. I'm not old enough to understand the master plan of our city by 2050, ____?
A. am I B. am not I C. aren't I D. are you
9. By 2050, seven out of every 10 people on Earth will be a(n) ____.
English 11
290
English 11
291
English 11
292
Our daily lives will definitely be filled with all kinds of new technologies that help us do the things we
hate nowadays. House Robo's will be a likely feature in all homes and will help run the family home, take out
the rubbish, prepare food and hoover the house from top to bottom. Our kitchen gadgets (such as your fridge,
cooker, microwave and dishwasher) will also be 'robotic' and will email or text us, the users, when a food item
has gone out of date or has been used up. (4) ____, the fridge has a built-in camera so that when you are at the
supermarket, you can log in to your fridge and (5) ____ what you need to stock up on.
It is predicted that by 2050 we will all have 'weekly digital health checks' in our homes, which run
sensors over our bodies to check for signs of ill (6) ____ and any abnormalities. Conditions can instantly be
(7) ____ by the ‘virtual doctor’ inside the health machine and treated immediately, and if you need a
prescription - it will be ordered and sent out automatically. If the digital health check picks up on a person
being overweight, they will send a signal to the (8) ____ house computer to (9) ____ their diet and book in for
gym sessions. Because of all this immediate treatment, people will live far longer and won't be (10) ____ out
by disease or forms of cancer. Medical conditions that are considered rare today will be far more known about
and will be able to be cured quickly and efficiently.
1. A. absolutely B. extinctively C. disappeared D. absolute
2. A. in B. at C. by D. since
3. A. that B. what C. which D. when
4. A. Finally B. Contrarily C. Differently D. Similarly
5. A. give B. find C. check D. connect
6. A. disease B. health C. ruin D. tiredness
7. A. recognizing B. recognized C. recognition D. recognize
8. A. national B. town C. domestic D. international
9. A. modify B. recycle C. conclude D. make
10. A. blown B. wiped C. broke D. went
VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
The Rise of Robots
As kids, our grandparents frequently scared us by talking about how difficult life was when they were
growing up. They mentioned walking miles to school in the snow, or doing hours of manual labour for little
pay. Life has changed greatly since then, and it seems to get easier year by year. In fact, with the help of robots
we soon might have to do much at all. But is this a good thing?
By 2030, it's estimated that robotics will be a $10 billion business worldwide. Companies are already
starting to integrate them into the workforce. The electronics manufacturer Foxconn is drawing up plans to
launch a factory within the next 10 years that's completely staffed by robot workers. Meanwhile, an American
company Briggo has invented a robot that serves gourmet-quality coffee to customers. With the push of a
button it will crush coffee beans, measure exact quantities of water, and even wave a steam wand to ensure
customers get the perfect cream on top. Unlike human baristas, it can serve multiple drinks at once and work
all day and night without a break.
Robots are also invading our homes. The Rooma is a mini-robot that vacuums rooms automatically
according to a schedule. The Robomow is a device that will cut the grass for you while you sit in the shade.
Then there's the Nanda clocky, an alarm clock that makes sure that even the deepest sleepers get up on time.
English 11
293
The clock is attached to a pair of wheels, and it will randomly move around the room. Once you finally catch
it, you're probably too awake to hit the snooze button. Although these early home robots are somewhat basic,
they will likely become more capable as times goes on.
Although robots certainly help us to eliminate tedious tasks, many people are concerned about a future
filled with robots. Some fear that humanity will start to decline if machines do everything for us. Others have
even warned about the robot rebellion, in which robots become so smart that they may decide to turn on their
masters. These ideas may seem a bit far-fetched, but there are certainly lots of questions that need to be
answered before everyone opens up to the idea of a robotic future.
Question 1. How is Briggo's invention superior to human workers?
A. It is more knowledgeable about coffee-making. B. It is better at conversation.
C. It requires no break D. It can operate machinery.
Question 2. What would happen if you pressed the snooze button?
A. You would have to wake up immediately B. The alarm clock would turn off forever
C. The alarm would stop, but go off again soon D. Nothing would happen at all
Question 3. Which of the following is NOT true about the concerns over robots?
A. It takes some time for people to accept robots. B. Robots may do some harm to humans.
C. The idea of robotics may seem far-fetched. D. Robots may be dominant at the
workplace.
Question 4. The word "tedious" in the last paragraph mostly means ____.
A. boring B. difficult C. intelligent D. expensive
Question 5. What is the last paragraph mainly about?
A. Some reasons why people don't accept robots yet. B. A very amusing science-fiction story about
robots.
C. How people in local communities are supporting robots. D. A few of the latest robots on the market
today.
Question 6. According to the first paragraph, how is the life changed since our parents time?
A. The education system has got much worse
B. Things aren't as hard as they once were
C. Children have to walk longer distance to school
D. It hasn't changed much at all
Question 7. All of the following are true about robots EXCEPT that ____.
A. they can work all day and night without break B. they have greater capabilities
C. they can draw up plans to launch a storyD. they can do boring tasks for human
Question 8. We can infer from the passage that ____.
A. present domestic robots can work without any programs
B. the communication will decline with the use of robots
C. a robot rebellion can happen daily
D. robotics will have been a major business by 2030
English 11
294
English 11
295
Tom nói rằng nếu Jenna yêu anh ta, cô ấy đã không bỏ đi như vậy. Không có sự khác biệt về thì giữa
câu
nói trực tiếp và cấu tường thuật.
4. Tường thuật câu điều kiện: If + mệnh đề yêu cầu, đề nghị
Chúng ta hãy cùng xem xét ví dụ sau:
Jack said "If you have time, clean the living room"
=> Jack told me to clean the living room if I had time. (Jack bảo tôi dọn phòng khách nếu tôi rảnh.)
Hoặc Jack said "If you have time, would you clean the living room?"
=> Jack asked me to clean the living room if I had time.
(Jack hỏi tôi rằng tôi có thể dọn phòng khách không nếu tôi có thời gian rảnh?)
3. Tường thuật cấu điều kiện: If + mệnh để mang ý nghĩa lời khuyên
Xem xét thử ví dụ sau:
The doctor said "If you are ill, you should go to bed earlier".
=> 'The doctor advised me to go to bed earlier if I was ill.
=> The doctor advised that if I was ill, I should go to bed earlier.
(Bác sĩ khuyên tôi nên đi ngủ sớm nếu tôi bị ốm.)
Nhận xét:
- Một khi chuyển câu trực tiếp có ý nghĩa khuyên nhủ, bạn nên lùi như tường thuật cầu điều kiện tiếng Anh
loại 1, 2, 3 thông thường. Nên thay động từ said bằng advised để thể hiện ý nghĩa đưa ra lời khuyên và sử
dụng cấu trúc advise somebody to do something (khuyên một ai làm việc gì đó) hoặc cấu trúc advise that +
mệnh đề.
- Tương tự như cầu đề nghị, yêu cầu, trong trường hợp này chúng ta cũng chuyển mệnh đề if xuống cuối câu,
đứng sau mệnh đề chính khi dùng advise somebody to do something.
PART 2: EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. studies B. business C. functions D. numbers
2. A. nurse B. films C. stops D. coughs
3. A. language B. program C. England D. applicant
4. A. English B. French C. American D. Celtic
5. A. China B. Latin C. skin D. pronunciation
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. happen B. visit C. travel D. develop
2. A. offer B. listen C. precede D. follow
3. A. interview B. appropriate C. employ D. describe
4. A. support B. fascinate C. accept D. believe
5. A. inform B. appeal C. attempt D. hesitate
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR
I. Use the words given in the box to complete the sentences.
English 11
296
English 11
297
4. Men should drink no more than four units in any one day and have at __________________________ two
alcohol-free days a week. (LESS)
5. Studies have shown that our overuse of _________________________ ingredients has helped to create new
resistant bacteria. (BACTERIAL)
6. Although it's impossible to control all the factors involving your skin, you can take measures to reduce the
problem with the anti-glare _________________________ at home. (TREAT)
7. After rinsing your face, if your face feels dry, apply a(n) oil-free _______________________.
(MOISTURE)
8. Perhaps the key to a stress-free ________________________ is not to remove the cause of the stress, but
rather to improve one's response to stress. (EXIST)
9. Kidney beans, almonds, sunflower seeds and walnuts are all ________________________, cholesterol-free
sources of protein, fiber and magnesium. (EXCELLENTLY)
10. Sugar-free foods can be helpful if you have diabetes and it is best to support overall wellness and blood
sugar ________________________. (REGULAR)
IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. She's going to the photographer's ____.
A. that her photograph be taken B. to have her photograph taking
C. to have her photograph taken D. to have taken her photograph
2. The director has promised that ____ finds a solution to this particular problem will be well awarded.
A. who B. the one C. whoever D. anyone
3. In order to avoid bad eating habits, you'll have to replace unhealthy fat with more ____ food.
A. nutrition B. nutritional C. nutritious D. nutritive
4. If you're tired, even if you feel that you need to get more done, give yourself ____ to sleep.
A. request B. requirement C. permission D. permit
5. Bahrain's ____ closed up 10.09 points today at 2160.09.
A. stockbroker B. stock index C. stock exchange D. stock option
6. The student failed to meet the necessary ____ for admission to the course.
A. fulfillments B. qualities C. aptitudes D. requirements
7. ____ cholesterol is a byproduct of the fat that are found in animal-based foods like eggs, dairy products and
meat.
A. Diet B. Dietary C. Meal D. Food
8. After ____, people feel more refreshed and alert.
A. meditation B. attention C. determination D. prescription
9. Come and see me when you ____ your report.
A. finish B. finished C. will finish D. had finished
10. ____ my great surprise, almost everyone agreed ____ him.
A. For - to B. At - from C. To - with D. In - of
11. Living to an average of 83 years old, Japan is the nation with the highest ____ in the world.
A. lifetime B. lifework C. life force D. life expectancy
English 11
298
12. Make sure the ____ for your glasses or contact lens is up-to-date and adequate for computer use.
A. medicine B. prescription C. size D. introduction
13. By cutting down trees we ____ the natural habitat of birds and animals.
A. hurt B. harm C. damage D. injure
14. The doctor has advised ____ less coffee.
A. me drink B. I will drink C. me drinking D. me to drink
15. Whole grains are high in fiber and contain a variety of ____ that support healthy blood sugar levels.
A. nutrition B. nutrients C. nutritionists D. nutritious
16. Good ____, controlling calorie intake and physical activity are the only way to maintain a healthy weight.
A. nutrient B. nutrition C. malnutrition D. nutritionists
17. The High Street is so narrow that the council have decided to ____ it.
A. extend B. widen C. increase D. lengthen
18. I'm very glad to hear that you share my ____ in Spanish music.
A. enjoyment B. listening C. interest D. liking
19. My own ____ for health is less paperwork and more running barefoot through the grass.
A. routine B. treatment C. medicine D. prescription
20. The university graduates one of the highest percentages of registered dieticians and ____ in the world.
A. nutrition B. nutritious C. nutrients D. nutritionists
C. READING
I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.
reach emphasis fraction traits adding
purpose active socializing almost lifestyle
HIGHEST LIFE EXPECTANCY IN THE WORLD
Longevity hot spots are located in regions of different countries where people commonly lead (1)
________________ lives past the age of 100. A blue zone is considered to be a "longevity oasis" and the
people who live there are believed to have the longest life expectancy on Earth.
The longest living women were found in Okinawa, Japan. Another blue zone was discovered in the
mountains of Sardinia, Italy where even men (2) ________________ the age of 100 at an amazing rate,
another was discovered on the Nicoya Peninsula of Costa Rica in 2007. Only one of the blue zone is located in
the United States. It was found when researchers who were staying in Loma Linda, California discovered they
suffered from a (3) ________________ of the diseases that commonly kill people in other parts of the United
States and throughout the developed world. The final blue zone was found on an expedition to the island of
Ikaria, Greece where they have 50% lower rates of heart disease, 20% less cancer, and (4) ________________
zero dementia - loss of memory.
What's their secret formula for (5) __________________ another 10 healthy years? Scientists focused
on these longevity hot spots to answer that question and found that while it helps to have good genes, that's
less than 30% of the equation. If you adopt the right (6) ________________, they concluded the other 70%
can be up to us. Other (7) ________________ the people living in the blue zones have in common include less
stress and more (8) ________________, strong (9) __________________ on family, a fresh natural plant
English 11
299
based diet, very little red meat and daily exercise. Leading their lives with a sense of (10)
__________________ was a big factor. It insures they look forward to getting up in the morning,
II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
In China, it is believed that tai chi can delay ageing and prolong life, increase flexibility, strengthen
muscles and tendons, and aid in the treatment of heart disease, high blood (1) ____, arthritis, skin diseases,
depression, cancer, and many other (2) ____.
(3) ____ of the research on tai chi has been done in older individuals in the area of balance and fall
prevention. This area of (4) ____ is important because fall-related injuries are the leading cause of death from
injury and disability among older adults. Because tai chi movements are slow and deliberate (5) ____ shifts of
body weight from one leg to the other in (6) ____ with upper body movements, it challenges balance and
many have long assumed it helps improve balance and reduce fall frequency.
In a similar tai chi study of older adults, 54% of the subjects who practised tai chi attributed their
improved (7) ____ of confidence to improved balance. One study looked at adults in their 60s and 70s who
practised tai chi three times a week for 12 weeks (60-minute classes). After (8) ____ six weeks, statistically
significant improvements were observed in balance, muscular strength, endurance, and flexibility measures.
Improvements in each of these areas increased (9) ____ after another 12 weeks.
The demands of living are stressful for adults of all ages. Although one cannot directly point to studies
showing a reduction in stress from practising tai chi, the breathing, movement, and mental concentration
required of individuals who practise tai chi may be just the distraction you need from your hectic (10) ____.
1. A. pressure B. ceremony C. request D. telling
2. A. bride B. regulations C. diseases D. notes
3. A. Almost B. Most C. The most D. Mostly
4. A. research B. boxe C. present D. war
5. A. through B. for C. in D. with
6. A. respect B. coordination C. stopping D. refusal
7. A. sense B. common C. marriage D. divorce
8. A. then B. as C. just D. that
9. A. father B. further C. farthest D. more
10. A. troubles B. problems C. lifestyle D. rounds
III. Read the passage and choose the best answer.
Psychologists have debated a long time about whether a child's upbringing can give it the ability to do
outstandingly well. Some think that it is impossible to develop genius and say that it is simply something a
person is born with. Others, however, argue that the potential for great achievement can be developed. The
truth lies somewhere between these two extremes.
It seems very obvious that being born with the right qualities from gifted parents will increase a child's
ability to do well. However, this ability will be fully realized only with the right upbringing and opportunities.
As one psychologist says, “To have a fast car, you need both a good engine and fuel”.
Scientists have recently assessed intelligence, achievement, and ability in 50 sets of identical twins that
were separated shortly after birth and brought up by different parents. They found that achievement was based
on intelligence, and later influenced by the child's environment. One case involving very intelligent twins was
English 11
300
quoted. One of the twins received a normal upbringing, and performed well. The other twin, however, was
brought up by extremely supportive parents and given every possible opportunity to develop its abilities. That
twin, though starting out with the same degree of intelligence as the other, performed even better. This case
reflects the general principle of intelligence and ability. The more favorable the environment, the more a
child's intelligence and ability are developed. However, there is no link between intelligence and the
socioeconomic level of a child's family. In other words, it does not matter how poor or how rich a family is, as
this does not affect intelligence.
Gifted people cannot be created by supportive parents, but they can be developed by them. One
professor of music said that outstanding musicians usually started two or three years earlier than ordinary
performers, often because their parents had recognized their ability. These musicians then needed at least ten
years' hard work and training in order to reach the level they were capable of attaining. People who want to
have very gifted children are given the following advice:
- Marry an intelligent person.
- Allow children to follow their own interests rather than the interests of the parents.
- Start a child's education early but avoid pushing the child too hard.
- Encourage children to play, for example, playing with musical instruments is essential for a child who
wants to become an outstanding musician.
Question 1: The upbringing of highly intelligent children requires ____.
A. an expensive education B. good musical instruments
C. parental support and encouragement D. wealthy and loving parents
Question 2: The word "others" used in the first paragraph refers to____.
A. other people B. other scientists C. other children D. other geniuses
Question 3: When scientists studied intelligence and ability in twins, they found that ____.
A. ability depends mainly on intelligence and achievement
B. intelligence and development are irrelevant to ability
C. ability depends both on intelligence and on environment
D. different twins generally have different levels of ability
Question 4: Scientists chose twins for their study because ____.
A. each twin has the same environment as his/her twin
B. they are born into the same family, hence the same upbringing
C. they have the same economic background and hence the same opportunities
D. they have the same genetic background, usually with similar intelligence
Question 5: How were great musicians different from ordinary musicians in their development?
A. Their ability was realized at an early stage and then nurtured.
B. They practice playing their instruments for many years.
C. They concentrated on music to the exclusion of other areas.
D. They were exceptionally intelligent and artistic.
Question 6: The remark: "To have a fast car, you need both a good engine and fuel." in the passage means that
in order to become a genius ____.
A. you need to have good health and good nourishment
English 11
301
English 11
303
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
4. "If she goes to the party, she will have a lot of fun." said Peter.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
5. "If you need help, I will be willing to help you with the difficult exercises" my sister said.
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
6. Linda said "I would have come to the party if I hadn't been so busy last week."
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
7. Tom told me "If I were you, I would look for another job."
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
8. My friend said to me "What would you do if someone gave you a million pounds?"
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
9. The gardener said "If I didn't water these plants yesterday, they could die."
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
10. The doctor said to the patient "You won't feel better unless you takes these medicine."
________________________________________________________________________________________
__
PART 3: TEST YOURSELF
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. recognize B. medium C. Japanese D. seat
2. A. spontaneous B. official C. control D. work
3. A. carry B. battle C. day D. hat
4. A. near B. bear C. hear D. dear
5. A. said B. brain C. drain D. train
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. swallow B. survive C. digest D. finish
2. A. product B. satisfy C. pleasure D. however
3. A. happiness B. rewrite C. eject D. oblige
4. A. compare B. compose C. company D. consist
5. A. manage B. recognize C. argue D. discriminate
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. The government proposes to increase the excise ____ on tobacco
A. fee B. money C. obligation D. duty
English 11
304
English 11
306
Another important part of having a healthy lifestyle is remembering to "play". Just taking time to
laugh, have fun and being around people who make you feel good is part of having (9) _______________ in
your life.
(10) _______________ time to learn about what makes you feel good and remember to include some
of those things in your day.
VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
HEALTH BENEFITS OF YOGA
Yoga is a healthy lifestyle. One of the (1) ____ of yoga is that you can choose a yoga style that is
suitable for your lifestyle, such as hot yoga, power yoga, relaxation yoga, etc. If you are a yoga beginner,
Hatha Yoga, (2) ____ focuses on basic postures at a comfortable pace, would be great for you. If you want to
increase (3) ____ through using more of your own body's resistance, Power Yoga may be right for you.
Whether you prefer you're at home, in a available to suit your goals and needs.
Improved (4) ____ is one of the first and most obvious benefits of yoga. During your first class, you
probably won't be able to touch your toes. (5) ____ if you stick with it, you'll notice a gradual loosening, and
eventually, seemingly impossible poses will become possible. Each of the yoga poses (6) ____ to (7) ____ the
muscles around the spine, the very center of your body, which is the core from which everything else operates.
When the core is working properly, posture is improved, thus (8) ____ back, shoulder, and neck pain.
Strong muscles do more than look good. They also protect us from conditions like arthritis and back
pain, and help prevent falls in elderly people. And when you build strength through yoga, you balance it with
flexibility. If you just went to the gym and lifted weights, you might build strength at the (9) ____ of
flexibility.
Yoga gets your blood flowing. More specifically, the relaxation exercises you learn in yoga can help
your circulation, especially in your hands and feet. Yoga also gets more oxygen to your cells, which function
better as a result. Twisting poses are thought to wring out venous blood from internal organs and allow
oxygenated blood to flow in once the twist is related.
Many studies found that a consistent yoga practice improved (10) ____ and led to greater levels of
happiness and better immune function.
1. A. disadvantages B. ritual C. benefits D. differences
2. A. that B. which C. who D. when
3. A strong B. strongly C. strengthen D. strength
4. A. flexibility B. shell C. union D. gratitude
5. A. As B. But C. Even D. On
6. A. was built B. builds C. is built D. are built
7. A. weaken B. release C. increase D. reinforce
8. A. alleviating B. ceremony C. approaching D. creation
9. A. life B. depth C. expense D. death
10. A. trouble B. problem C. confliction D. depression
VII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow.
Acupuncture involves the insertion of very thin needles through the patient's skin at specific points on
the body, and the needles are inserted to various depths. The medical community is not in conclusive
agreement about how acupuncture works scientifically. However, we know that it does have some therapeutic
benefits, including pain relief.
English 11
307
According to WHO, acupuncture is effective for treating 28 conditions, while evidence indicates it may
have an effective therapeutic value for many more. People with tension, headaches or migraines may find
acupuncture to be very effective in alleviating their symptoms. Another study found that twice weekly
acupuncture treatments relieve debilitating symptoms of zerostomia - severe dry mouth - among patients
treated with head and neck cancer.
Traditional Chinese medicine explains that health is the result of a harmonious balance of the
complementary extremes of yin and yang of the life force known as chi or qi. Qi is said to flow through
pathways in the human body. Through 350 acupuncture points in the body, these pathways and energy flows
may be accessed. Illness is said to be the consequence of an imbalance of the forces. If needles are inserted
into these points with appropriate combinations, it is said that the energy flow can be brought back into proper
balance.
In Western societies and several other parts of the world, acupuncture is explained, including concepts
of neuroscience. Acupuncture points are seen by Western practitioners as places where nerves, muscles and
connective tissue can be stimulated. Acupuncture practitioners say that the stimulation increases blood flow
while at the same time triggering the activity of our own body's natural painkillers.
1. The word “triggering” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. making something happen suddenly B. making something develop very quickly
C. causing a device to start operating D. causing something to explore
2. With the practice of acupuncture, it is believed that ____.
A. patients can get proper balance between yin and yang B. illness causes the imbalance of qi
throughout the body
C. the energy flow can be brought back to patientsD. energy can go through acupuncture points in the
body
3. It is thought that acupuncture is effective in treating all of the following symptoms EXCEPT ____.
A. migraines B. nervousness C. headaches D. cancer
4. According to Western medicine, the insertion of needles through acupuncture points in the body may ____.
A. help to explain where nerves and muscles can be stimulated
B. increase blood flow and stimulate our instinct of pain relief
C. stimulate the effect of painkillers in our bodies for treatment
D. be used only in China and the Far East not the Western countries
5. In acupuncture, the insertion of the very thin needles involve with ____.
A. agreement from scientists B. the locations, and the depths
C. the thinness of needles and skin D. therapeutic benefits of pain relief
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
1. A. sugar B. consume C. trans-fat D. obesity
2. A. vitamin B. mineral C. diet D. fitness
3. A medicine. B. remedy C. exercise D. obesity
4. A balanced B. yoga C. fatty D. natural
English 11
308
English 11
309
English 11
310
42. If yoga is not done properly, it can do more harm than good.
A. socially accepted B. morally accepted C. correctly D. easily
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
43. You need to do some warm-up exercise such as stretching before you start your yoga practice.
A. remaining B. declining C. developing D. shrinking
44. Stretching will relax your muscles and prevent any damage to your joints.
A. allow B. avoid C. limit D. protest
45. When you walk, don't look at your feet. This will slow you down and cause back pain.
A. result in B. result from C. lead to D. activate
46. After hundreds of rejections by the employers, I decided that I need to do something about my obesity.
A. denial B. approval C. refusal D. rebuttal
47. I found a website advertising an effective way to lose weight in one month.
A. drop B. waste C. maintain D. gain
48. I have followed a special diet and joined a fitness class for overweight people for over six months.
A. refused B. obeyed C. adhered to D. carried on
49. My family totally supported me during my fight against obesity.
A. aided B. discouraged C. assisted D. promoted
50. I have just received my first job offer after having been unemployed for two years.
A. got B. gained C. rejected D. acquired
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the
following questions.
51. We need some cholesterols to help our skin, brain, and other organs grow, but too much of it can cause
A B C D
health problems.
52. People who eat lots of red meat are at risk of develop heart diseases. A B C D
53. Your body may not be able to fights infections naturally if your immune system is weakened.A B
C D
54. I told him that if I drank coffee before bedtime, I can't sleep.
A B C D
55. Dr Lam said that we'd boost our immune system if we have a healthy lifestyle.
A B C D
56. Nam’s wife told him that it would be nice if he spends more time with the children.
A B C D
57. Peter explained to us that if Ann called him back, he'll arrange an appointment for her.
A B C D
English 11
311
58. The travel agent explained to us that if we travelled to a foreign country, we need a valid passport.
A B C D
59. My grandmother keeps to tell us that if we catch a cold, we should try natural remedies before taking any
medicine.
A B C D
60. John told me that if he were rich, he'd donate money for charity.
A B C D
61. Mira's father said that she would recover quickly if she follows the doctor's advice.
A B C D
62. Khanh's father promised buying her a pair of Nike shoes if she passed her English test.
A B C D
63. Lan's mother reminded her to turn off the lights before leaving a house.
A B C D
64. The doctor advise him not to exercise too hard because it was not good for his heart. A B C
D
65. Mai invited me spend my summer holidays on her grandparents' farm. A B C
D
66. Jack's father advised him not eating fast food every day.A B C D
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
67. Hoa reminded Lan ____ some groceries on the way home.
A. buying B. to buying C. buy D. to buy
68. My friend suggested ____ on a yoga course to lose weight.
A. enrolled B. enroll C. enrolling D. to enroll
69. Tom and Ken admitted ____ to submit the assignments the day before.
A. to forget B. to forgetting C. forget D. forgot
70. The mother told her two daughters ____ too much fast food.
A. not to eat B. to not eat C. to eat not D. not eat
71. The doctor said to Mr Black that if he ate lots of fatty food, he ____ increase his chance of developing
heart disease.
A. will be B. will C. would be D. would
12. My yoga instructor asked me to close my eyes, breathe slowly and deeply, and ____ about my problems.
A. not thinking B. to think not C. not to think D. not think
73. The patient admitted ____ his doctor's advice.
A. to not follow B. not to following C. to follow not D. to following not
74. Le's friend suggested ____ some games to relax because they had studied for three hours.
A. playing B. play C. to play D. played
75. Nam's mother advised ____ some ginger tea if he wants to feel better.
English 11
312
English 11
313
English 11
314
English 11
315
Lan: ____
A. I go jogging in the morning and aerobics in the afternoon. B. My teachers ask us to do so many
exercises.
C. I hate doing too much homework. D. Exercising is time-consuming.
105. Lan: What could you do to make your lifestyle healthier?
Nam: ____
A. People need a healthy lifestyle. B. I do need to exercise more.
C. I don't care much about my diet. D. I prefer to eat out at the weekends.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
HEALTHY LIVING
Millions of people today are overweight and out of shape. This is due in part (106) ____ their diet,
which is often high in sugars and fats. Another (107) ____ is that too many of us spend our evenings
gluing (108) ____ the television, instead of doing something to keep (109) ____ fit. Today hectic
lifestyles also prevent us (110) ____ spending as much time as we should on staying in shape.
Long hours at school and work don't (111) ____ much time for healthy eating. Convenience food, such
as (112) ____ meals and canned vegetables, saves time but is often (113) ____. Fast food and
takeaways are also (114) ____ for many health problems.
In order to enjoy good health, a regular programme of (115) ____ is essential. This can be anything
from gentle forms of yoga (116) ____ body building. Doing a little exercise every day so as not to
develop (117) ____ problems is something that all of us should consider, young and old. If you don't
practise any form of exercise now, it is for you to choose one and start today and get in shape!
106. A. of B. to C. in D. at
107. A. reason B. effect C. result D. consequence
108. A. in B. on C. to D. at
109. A. them B. themselves C. us D. ourselves
110. A. from B. against C. about D. with
111. A. take B. leave C. spend D. waste
112. A. freeze B. freezing C. frozen D. unfrozen
113. A. health care B. healthful C. healthy D. unhealthy
114. A. responsive B. reacted C. responsible D. irresponsible
115. A. exercises B. exercise C. homework D. housework
116. A. to B. but C. and D. with
117. A. healthy B. unhealthy C. health care D. health
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
Super Size Me is a 2004 film by Morgan Spurlock, in which he documents his experiment to eat only
McDonald's fast food three times a day, every day, for thirty days.
English 11
316
Spurlock made himself a short list of rules for the experiment, including an obligation to eat all of the
three meals he ordered. He also had to ‘Super Size’, which means accepting a giant portion every time
the option was offered to him. He ended up vomiting after the first Super Size meal he finished, after
taking nearly twenty minutes to consume it.
After five days Spurlock put on almost 5kg, and he soon found himself feeling depressed, with no
energy. The only thing that got rid of his headaches and made him feel better was another McDonald's
meal, so his doctors told him he was addicted. More seriously, around day twenty, he started
experiencing heart palpitations and one of the doctors detected liver problems. However, in spite of his
doctor's advice, Spurlock continued to the end of the month and achieved a total weight gain of 11kg.
His body mass index also increased from a healthy 23.2 to an overweight 27.
It took Spurlock fifteen months to recover from his experiment and return to his original weight, but
the film also had a wider impact. Just after its showing in 2004, McDonald's phased out the Super Size
option and healthier options like salads appeared on the menu. Unfortunately, McDonald's denied the
connection between the film and the changes, but it is interesting to note how closely they coincided
with the release of the film.
118. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. An experiment with McDonald's fast food B. Putting on weight due to eating fast
food
C. Connection between fast food and heart diseases D. How fast food trigger liver damage
119. Which of the following is TRUE about Morgan Spurlock?
A. He had to eat Super Size meal once a week. B. He had to eat Super Size meal twice a day.
C. He had to eat Super Size meal three times a week.D. He had to consume Super Size for three meals
a day.
120. In paragraph 2, the word "giant” is closest in meaning to ____.
A. light B. balanced C. big D. healthy
121. Which of the following could get rid of Spurlock's headaches?
A. salad B. a McDonald's meal C. a pain killer D. nothing
122. According to the passage, all of the following are the results of the experiment EXCEPT ____.
A. Spurlock put on weight B. the experiment affected his heart
C. the experiment affected his liver D. he became fairly relaxed and energetic
123. The word “its” in paragraph 4 refers to ____.
A. McDonald's B. the experiment C. the film Super Size Me D. the menu
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
In 2002, several obese teenagers in the USA sued McDonald's, claiming that the company was
responsible for making them fat. They argued that McDonald's deliberately misled them into thinking
that their cheeseburgers and other products were healthy and nutritious food. They claimed that the
company had not warned them about the health problems that can result from eating too much salty,
high-fat food and drinking too many sugary drinks: diabetes, high blood pressure and obesity. The
English 11
317
mother of one of the children, who at the age of 15 weighed more than 180 kilograms, said in her
statement: ‘I always believed McDonald's was healthy for my son.'
McDonald's rejected the claim that they were responsible for these teenagers’ health problems.
‘People don't go to sleep thin and wake up obese,' said McDonald's lawyer, Brad Lerman. 'The
understanding of what hamburgers and French fries do has been with us for a long, long time,’ he
added. The judge agreed, and dismissed the case, saying: 'it is not the place of the law to protect people
against their own excesses.' In other words, if people choose to eat a lot of unhealthy food, they can't
blame the company that sold it to them.
Other similar lawsuits against fast food companies in the USA have also failed. In 2005, the US House
of Representatives passed a bill which became known as the 'Cheeseburger Bill'. It made it much
harder for obese people to take legal action against the food industry. However, the bill has not ended
the arguments about responsibility. There is some scientific evidence to suggest that fast food is
addictive, and harmful too. So is selling fast food the same, in a way, as drug-dealing?
124. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. Obesity - who is to blame? B. Is fast food addictive?
C. Is fast food really healthy? D. How to get rid of fast food?
125. According to the obese teenagers in the USA who sued McDonald’s, which of the following health
problems was NOT mentioned?
A. diabetes B. hypertension C. obesity D. heart disease
126. In paragraph 2, the word “rejected” is closest in meaning to ____.
A. accepted B. denied C. ignored D. agreed
127. In paragraph 2, the word “it” refers to ____.
A. law B. healthy food C. unhealthy food D. bill
128. What happens if people choose to eat a lot of unhealthy food?
A. The company will be responsible for their health problems. B. They may get financial support from
the company.
C. They will surely succeed in lawsuits.D. They can't force the company to be responsible for them.
129. In paragraph 3, the word “failed” is closest in meaning to ____.
A. not famous B. not important C. not successful D. not proud
130. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about fast food?
A. salty and high-fat B. addictive C. nutritious D. harmful
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
131. ‘I'll buy you a new bicycle if you stop eating junk food,' said Lam's mother.
A. Lam's mother promised to buy him a new bicycle if he stopped eating junk food.
B. Lam's mother promises to buy him a new bicycle if he stops eating junk food.
C. Lam's mother will promise to buy him a new bicycle if he stops eating junk food.
D. Lam's mother had promised to buy him a new bicycle if he stopped eating junk food.
English 11
318
132. 'You will boost your immune system if you exercise regularly,' said Tam.
A. Tam says that we'll boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.
B. Tam said that we'd boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.
C. Tam said that we'll boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.
D. Tam said that we boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.
133. 'Mai will recover quickly if she follows the doctor's advice, said Mai's father.
A. Mai's father said she would recover quickly if she follows the doctor’s advice.
B. Mai's father said she will recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.
C. Mai's father said she would recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.
D. Mai's father says she would recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.
134. 'You should exercise more in order to keep fit,' said Anna.
A. Anna urged us to exercise more to keep fit. B. Anna demanded us to exercise more to keep fit.
C. Anna forced us to exercise more to keep fit.D. Anna advised us to exercise more to keep fit.
135. ‘You should eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time,' said my doctor.
A. My doctor advised me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time.
B. My doctor advised me not to eat lots of fruit so as to get colds all the time.
C. My doctor forced me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time.
D. My doctor demanded me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences
in the following questions.
136. I thought I should ask the doctor about going on a diet. I went to the surgery.
A. Having been on a diet, I went to the surgery.
B. I went to the surgery, so I asked the doctor about going on a diet.
C. I asked the doctor about going on a diet, so I went to the surgery.
D. I went to the surgery in order to ask about going on a diet.
137. I had to lose some weight. I went on a strict diet.
A. I had to lose some weight after I went on a strict diet. B. I went on a strict diet in order to lose some
weight.
C. I had to lose some weight before I went on a strict diet.
D. I had to lose some weight even when I went on a strict diet.
138. People want to keep fit. Many people take up sports.
A. Many people take up sports so as to keep fit. B. Many people want to keep fit so as to take up
sports.
C. Many people want to keep fit in order to take up sports. D. Although people want to keep fit, they
take up sports.
139. I want to stay healthy. I try to eat lots of fruit.
A. Although I try to eat lots of fruit, I stay healthy. B. I stay healthy though I eat lots of fruit.
English 11
319
C. I try to eat lots of fruit in order to stay healthy.D. I eat lots of fruit, but I stay healthy.
140. I didn't want to catch a cold. I wore a warm coat and a scarf.
A. I wore a warm coat and a scarf though I didn't want to catch a cold.
B. I wore a warm coat and a scarf, so I didn't want to catch a cold.
C. I wore a warm coat and a scarf, but I didn't want to catch a cold.
D. I wore a warm coat and a scarf in order not to catch a cold.
English 11
320
English 11
321
English 11
322
English 11
323
English 11
324
English 11
325
English 11
326
English 11
327
English 11
328
English 11
329
English 11
330
English 11
331
English 11